blob: a5ed91dd1cb136513b4005ac2895d4b3e8433dcb [file] [log] [blame]
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +00001/*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2|* *|
Chandler Carruth2946cd72019-01-19 08:50:56 +00003|* Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM *|
4|* Exceptions. *|
5|* See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. *|
6|* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception *|
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +00007|* *|
8|*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9|* *|
Marc-Andre Laperlef9abd402017-06-16 20:58:26 +000010|* This header provides a public interface to a Clang library for extracting *|
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000011|* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full *|
12|* Clang C++ API. *|
13|* *|
14\*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15
Benjamin Kramer2f5db8b2014-08-13 16:25:19 +000016#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17#define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000018
Chandler Carruthaacafe52009-12-17 09:27:29 +000019#include <time.h>
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +000020
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000021#include "clang-c/Platform.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0b9682e2014-02-25 03:59:23 +000022#include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000023#include "clang-c/CXString.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis09a439d2014-02-25 03:59:16 +000024#include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
Arnaud A. de Grandmaison0271b322012-06-28 22:01:06 +000025
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1c4db8d2012-11-06 21:21:49 +000026/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000027 * The version constants for the libclang API.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1c4db8d2012-11-06 21:21:49 +000028 * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
29 * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
30 *
31 * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +000032 * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
33 */
34#define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
Erich Keaned02f4a12019-05-30 17:31:54 +000035#define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 58
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +000036
37#define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) ( \
38 ((major) * 10000) \
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5b216ed2012-10-29 23:24:44 +000039 + ((minor) * 1))
40
41#define CINDEX_VERSION CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE( \
42 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
43 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR )
44
45#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor) \
46 #major"."#minor
47#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor) \
48 CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
49
50#define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE( \
51 CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, \
52 CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
53
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +000054#ifdef __cplusplus
55extern "C" {
56#endif
57
Douglas Gregor4a4e0eb2011-02-23 17:45:25 +000058/** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000059 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000060 * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000061 * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
62 * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
63 * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
64 * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000065 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000066 * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000067 * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
68 * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
69 * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000070 *
71 * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +000072 * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +000073 *
74 * @{
75 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000076
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000077/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000078 * An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000079 * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
80 */
81typedef void *CXIndex;
Steve Naroffd5e8e862009-08-27 19:51:58 +000082
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000083/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000084 * An opaque type representing target information for a given translation
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +000085 * unit.
86 */
87typedef struct CXTargetInfoImpl *CXTargetInfo;
88
89/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000090 * A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000091 */
Ted Kremenek7df92ae2010-11-17 23:24:11 +000092typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
Steve Naroffd5e8e862009-08-27 19:51:58 +000093
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000094/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +000095 * Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +000096 * to various callbacks and visitors.
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +000097 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +000098typedef void *CXClientData;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +000099
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000100/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000101 * Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000102 *
103 * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
104 * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
105 * yet been saved to disk.
106 */
107struct CXUnsavedFile {
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000108 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000109 * The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000110 *
111 * This file must already exist in the file system.
112 */
113 const char *Filename;
114
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000115 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000116 * A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000117 */
118 const char *Contents;
119
120 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000121 * The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
Douglas Gregor9485bf92009-12-02 09:21:34 +0000122 */
123 unsigned long Length;
124};
125
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000126/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000127 * Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000128 * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
129 * it being deprecated or unavailable.
130 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000131enum CXAvailabilityKind {
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000132 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000133 * The entity is available.
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000134 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000135 CXAvailability_Available,
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000136 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000137 * The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000138 * not recommended).
139 */
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000140 CXAvailability_Deprecated,
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000141 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000142 * The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
Peter Collingbourne5caf5af2010-08-24 00:31:37 +0000143 */
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +0000144 CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
145 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000146 * The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +0000147 * an error.
148 */
149 CXAvailability_NotAccessible
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +0000150};
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000151
152/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000153 * Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000154 */
155typedef struct CXVersion {
156 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000157 * The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000158 * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
159 */
160 int Major;
161 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000162 * The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000163 * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000164 * version '10'.
165 */
166 int Minor;
167 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000168 * The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +0000169 * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
170 * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
171 */
172 int Subminor;
173} CXVersion;
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000174
175/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000176 * Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000177 *
178 * A negative value indicates that the cursor is not a function declaration.
179 */
180enum CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind {
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000181 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000182 * The cursor has no exception specification.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000183 */
184 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_None,
185
186 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000187 * The cursor has exception specification throw()
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000188 */
189 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_DynamicNone,
190
191 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000192 * The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000193 */
194 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Dynamic,
195
196 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000197 * The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000198 */
199 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_MSAny,
200
201 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000202 * The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000203 */
204 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_BasicNoexcept,
205
206 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000207 * The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000208 */
209 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_ComputedNoexcept,
210
211 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000212 * The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000213 */
214 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unevaluated,
215
216 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000217 * The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000218 */
219 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Uninstantiated,
220
221 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000222 * The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000223 */
Erich Keaned02f4a12019-05-30 17:31:54 +0000224 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unparsed,
225
226 /**
227 * The cursor has a __declspec(nothrow) exception specification.
228 */
229 CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_NoThrow
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +0000230};
231
Douglas Gregor802f12f2010-01-20 22:28:27 +0000232/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000233 * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000234 *
235 * It provides two options:
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000236 *
237 * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
238 * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000239 * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000240 * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
241 * will be enumerated.
242 *
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000243 * Here is an example:
244 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000245 * \code
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000246 * // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
247 * Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000248 *
249 * // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
250 * // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
251 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
252 *
253 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000254 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
Douglas Gregor990b5762010-01-20 21:37:00 +0000255 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000256 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
257 *
258 * // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
259 * // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
Daniel Dunbard0159262010-01-25 00:43:14 +0000260 * char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
261 * TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
262 * 0, 0);
Douglas Gregorfed36b12010-01-20 23:57:43 +0000263 * clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
264 * TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000265 * clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000266 * \endcode
Steve Naroffbb4568a2009-10-20 16:36:34 +0000267 *
268 * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
269 * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
270 * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
Steve Naroff531e2842009-10-20 14:46:24 +0000271 */
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000272CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
273 int displayDiagnostics);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000274
Douglas Gregor408bb742010-02-08 23:03:06 +0000275/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000276 * Destroy the given index.
Douglas Gregor408bb742010-02-08 23:03:06 +0000277 *
278 * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
279 * within that index have been destroyed.
280 */
Daniel Dunbar11089662009-12-03 01:54:28 +0000281CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000282
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000283typedef enum {
284 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000285 * Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000286 */
287 CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
288
289 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000290 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000291 * purposes should use background priority.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000292 *
293 * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
294 * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000295 */
296 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
297
298 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000299 * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000300 * purposes should use background priority.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000301 *
302 * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
303 * #clang_annotateTokens
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000304 */
305 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
306
307 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000308 * Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000309 * background priority.
310 */
311 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
312 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
313 CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
314
315} CXGlobalOptFlags;
316
317/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000318 * Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000319 *
320 * For example:
321 * \code
322 * CXIndex idx = ...;
323 * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
324 * clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
325 * CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
326 * \endcode
327 *
328 * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
329 */
330CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
331
332/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000333 * Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7317a5c2012-03-28 02:18:05 +0000334 *
335 * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
336 * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
337 */
338CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
339
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000340/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000341 * Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
Alex Lorenz08615792017-12-04 21:56:36 +0000342 *
343 * The invocation emission path specifies a path which will contain log
344 * files for certain libclang invocations. A null value (default) implies that
345 * libclang invocations are not logged..
346 */
347CINDEX_LINKAGE void
348clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex, const char *Path);
349
350/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +0000351 * \defgroup CINDEX_FILES File manipulation routines
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000352 *
353 * @{
354 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000355
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000356/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000357 * A particular source file that is part of a translation unit.
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000358 */
359typedef void *CXFile;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000360
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000361/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000362 * Retrieve the complete file and path name of the given file.
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +0000363 */
Ted Kremenekc560b682010-02-17 00:41:20 +0000364CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000365
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000366/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000367 * Retrieve the last modification time of the given file.
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000368 */
Douglas Gregor249c1212009-10-31 15:48:08 +0000369CINDEX_LINKAGE time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile);
Steve Naroff6231f182009-10-27 14:35:18 +0000370
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000371/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000372 * Uniquely identifies a CXFile, that refers to the same underlying file,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac08b262013-01-26 04:52:52 +0000373 * across an indexing session.
374 */
375typedef struct {
376 unsigned long long data[3];
377} CXFileUniqueID;
378
379/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000380 * Retrieve the unique ID for the given \c file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac08b262013-01-26 04:52:52 +0000381 *
382 * \param file the file to get the ID for.
383 * \param outID stores the returned CXFileUniqueID.
384 * \returns If there was a failure getting the unique ID, returns non-zero,
385 * otherwise returns 0.
386*/
387CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID);
388
389/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000390 * Determine whether the given header is guarded against
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000391 * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000392 * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000393 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000394CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
Douglas Gregor37aa4932011-05-04 00:14:37 +0000395clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu, CXFile file);
396
397/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000398 * Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000399 *
400 * \param tu the translation unit
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000401 *
Samuel Antao4c8035b2016-12-12 18:00:20 +0000402 * \param file_name the name of the file.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000403 *
404 * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
405 * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
406 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000407CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000408 const char *file_name);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000409
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000410/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000411 * Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
Erik Verbruggen3afa3ce2017-12-06 09:02:52 +0000412 *
413 * \param tu the translation unit
414 *
415 * \param file the file for which to retrieve the buffer.
416 *
417 * \param size [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the size of the buffer.
418 *
419 * \returns a pointer to the buffer in memory that holds the contents of
420 * \p file, or a NULL pointer when the file is not loaded.
421 */
422CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit tu,
423 CXFile file, size_t *size);
424
425/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000426 * Returns non-zero if the \c file1 and \c file2 point to the same file,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisac3997e2014-08-16 00:26:19 +0000427 * or they are both NULL.
428 */
429CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2);
430
431/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000432 * Returns the real path name of \c file.
Fangrui Songe46ac5f2018-04-07 20:50:35 +0000433 *
434 * An empty string may be returned. Use \c clang_getFileName() in that case.
435 */
436CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_File_tryGetRealPathName(CXFile file);
437
438/**
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000439 * @}
440 */
441
442/**
443 * \defgroup CINDEX_LOCATIONS Physical source locations
444 *
445 * Clang represents physical source locations in its abstract syntax tree in
446 * great detail, with file, line, and column information for the majority of
447 * the tokens parsed in the source code. These data types and functions are
448 * used to represent source location information, either for a particular
449 * point in the program or for a range of points in the program, and extract
450 * specific location information from those data types.
451 *
452 * @{
453 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000454
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000455/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000456 * Identifies a specific source location within a translation
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000457 * unit.
458 *
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000459 * Use clang_getExpansionLocation() or clang_getSpellingLocation()
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000460 * to map a source location to a particular file, line, and column.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000461 */
462typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49d9d0292013-01-11 22:29:47 +0000463 const void *ptr_data[2];
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000464 unsigned int_data;
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000465} CXSourceLocation;
Ted Kremeneka44d99c2010-01-05 23:18:49 +0000466
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000467/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000468 * Identifies a half-open character range in the source code.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000469 *
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000470 * Use clang_getRangeStart() and clang_getRangeEnd() to retrieve the
471 * starting and end locations from a source range, respectively.
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000472 */
473typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49d9d0292013-01-11 22:29:47 +0000474 const void *ptr_data[2];
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000475 unsigned begin_int_data;
476 unsigned end_int_data;
Douglas Gregor49c4baf2010-01-18 22:13:09 +0000477} CXSourceRange;
Ted Kremeneka44d99c2010-01-05 23:18:49 +0000478
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000479/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000480 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source location.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000481 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +0000482CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getNullLocation(void);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000483
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000484/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000485 * Determine whether two source locations, which must refer into
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000486 * the same translation unit, refer to exactly the same point in the source
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000487 * code.
488 *
489 * \returns non-zero if the source locations refer to the same location, zero
490 * if they refer to different locations.
491 */
492CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalLocations(CXSourceLocation loc1,
493 CXSourceLocation loc2);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000494
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000495/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000496 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000497 * in a particular translation unit.
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000498 */
499CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
500 CXFile file,
501 unsigned line,
502 unsigned column);
David Chisnall2e16ac52010-10-15 17:07:39 +0000503/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000504 * Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
David Chisnall2e16ac52010-10-15 17:07:39 +0000505 * in a particular translation unit.
506 */
507CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
508 CXFile file,
509 unsigned offset);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000510
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000511/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000512 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in a system header.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis25f7af12013-04-12 17:06:51 +0000513 */
514CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isInSystemHeader(CXSourceLocation location);
515
516/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000517 * Returns non-zero if the given source location is in the main file of
Stefanus Du Toitdb51c632013-08-08 17:48:14 +0000518 * the corresponding translation unit.
519 */
520CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Location_isFromMainFile(CXSourceLocation location);
521
522/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000523 * Retrieve a NULL (invalid) source range.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000524 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +0000525CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getNullRange(void);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000526
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000527/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000528 * Retrieve a source range given the beginning and ending source
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000529 * locations.
530 */
531CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getRange(CXSourceLocation begin,
532 CXSourceLocation end);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000533
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +0000534/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000535 * Determine whether two ranges are equivalent.
Douglas Gregor757e38b2011-07-23 19:35:14 +0000536 *
537 * \returns non-zero if the ranges are the same, zero if they differ.
538 */
539CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalRanges(CXSourceRange range1,
540 CXSourceRange range2);
541
542/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000543 * Returns non-zero if \p range is null.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise7e42912011-09-28 18:14:21 +0000544 */
Erik Verbruggend610b0f2011-10-06 12:11:57 +0000545CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Range_isNull(CXSourceRange range);
Argyrios Kyrtzidise7e42912011-09-28 18:14:21 +0000546
547/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000548 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000549 * the given source location.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000550 *
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000551 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
552 * location of the macro expansion.
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000553 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000554 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
555 * into its parts.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000556 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000557 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000558 * source location points.
559 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000560 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000561 * source location points.
562 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000563 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
564 * source location points.
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000565 *
566 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
567 * buffer to which the given source location points.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000568 */
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000569CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getExpansionLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
570 CXFile *file,
571 unsigned *line,
572 unsigned *column,
573 unsigned *offset);
574
575/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000576 * Retrieve the file, line and column represented by the given source
Vassil Vassilev4b8e29d2017-04-06 10:05:46 +0000577 * location, as specified in a # line directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000578 *
579 * Example: given the following source code in a file somefile.c
580 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000581 * \code
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000582 * #123 "dummy.c" 1
583 *
584 * static int func(void)
585 * {
586 * return 0;
587 * }
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000588 * \endcode
Argyrios Kyrtzidis91672b32011-09-13 21:49:08 +0000589 *
590 * the location information returned by this function would be
591 *
592 * File: dummy.c Line: 124 Column: 12
593 *
594 * whereas clang_getExpansionLocation would have returned
595 *
596 * File: somefile.c Line: 3 Column: 12
597 *
598 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
599 * into its parts.
600 *
601 * \param filename [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the filename of the
602 * source location. Note that filenames returned will be for "virtual" files,
603 * which don't necessarily exist on the machine running clang - e.g. when
604 * parsing preprocessed output obtained from a different environment. If
605 * a non-NULL value is passed in, remember to dispose of the returned value
606 * using \c clang_disposeString() once you've finished with it. For an invalid
607 * source location, an empty string is returned.
608 *
609 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line number of the
610 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
611 *
612 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column number of the
613 * source location. For an invalid source location, zero is returned.
614 */
615CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getPresumedLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
616 CXString *filename,
617 unsigned *line,
618 unsigned *column);
619
620/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000621 * Legacy API to retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000622 * by the given source location.
623 *
624 * This interface has been replaced by the newer interface
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000625 * #clang_getExpansionLocation(). See that interface's documentation for
Chandler Carruth4aa01ef2011-08-31 16:53:37 +0000626 * details.
627 */
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000628CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInstantiationLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
629 CXFile *file,
630 unsigned *line,
Douglas Gregor9bd6db52010-01-26 19:19:08 +0000631 unsigned *column,
632 unsigned *offset);
Douglas Gregor47751d62010-01-26 03:07:15 +0000633
634/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000635 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Douglas Gregor229bebd2010-11-09 06:24:54 +0000636 * the given source location.
637 *
638 * If the location refers into a macro instantiation, return where the
639 * location was originally spelled in the source file.
640 *
641 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
642 * into its parts.
643 *
644 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
645 * source location points.
646 *
647 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
648 * source location points.
649 *
650 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
651 * source location points.
652 *
653 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
654 * buffer to which the given source location points.
655 */
656CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getSpellingLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
657 CXFile *file,
658 unsigned *line,
659 unsigned *column,
660 unsigned *offset);
661
662/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000663 * Retrieve the file, line, column, and offset represented by
Argyrios Kyrtzidis56be7162013-01-04 18:30:13 +0000664 * the given source location.
665 *
666 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, return where the macro was
667 * expanded or where the macro argument was written, if the location points at
668 * a macro argument.
669 *
670 * \param location the location within a source file that will be decomposed
671 * into its parts.
672 *
673 * \param file [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the file to which the given
674 * source location points.
675 *
676 * \param line [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the line to which the given
677 * source location points.
678 *
679 * \param column [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the column to which the given
680 * source location points.
681 *
682 * \param offset [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the offset into the
683 * buffer to which the given source location points.
684 */
685CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getFileLocation(CXSourceLocation location,
686 CXFile *file,
687 unsigned *line,
688 unsigned *column,
689 unsigned *offset);
690
691/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000692 * Retrieve a source location representing the first character within a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000693 * source range.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000694 */
695CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeStart(CXSourceRange range);
696
697/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000698 * Retrieve a source location representing the last character within a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +0000699 * source range.
Douglas Gregor4f46e782010-01-19 21:36:55 +0000700 */
701CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getRangeEnd(CXSourceRange range);
702
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000703/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000704 * Identifies an array of ranges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000705 */
706typedef struct {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000707 /** The number of ranges in the \c ranges array. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000708 unsigned count;
709 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000710 * An array of \c CXSourceRanges.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000711 */
712 CXSourceRange *ranges;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000713} CXSourceRangeList;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000714
715/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000716 * Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000717 *
718 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
719 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000720 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000721CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
722 CXFile file);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000723
724/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000725 * Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the
Cameron Desrochersd8091282016-08-18 15:43:55 +0000726 * preprocessor.
727 *
728 * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
729 * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
730 */
731CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu);
732
733/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000734 * Destroy the given \c CXSourceRangeList.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000735 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0e282ef2013-12-06 18:55:45 +0000736CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ef57752013-12-05 08:19:32 +0000737
738/**
Douglas Gregorc8e390c2010-01-20 22:45:41 +0000739 * @}
740 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +0000741
742/**
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000743 * \defgroup CINDEX_DIAG Diagnostic reporting
744 *
745 * @{
746 */
747
748/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000749 * Describes the severity of a particular diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000750 */
751enum CXDiagnosticSeverity {
752 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000753 * A diagnostic that has been suppressed, e.g., by a command-line
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000754 * option.
755 */
756 CXDiagnostic_Ignored = 0,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000757
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000758 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000759 * This diagnostic is a note that should be attached to the
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000760 * previous (non-note) diagnostic.
761 */
762 CXDiagnostic_Note = 1,
763
764 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000765 * This diagnostic indicates suspicious code that may not be
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000766 * wrong.
767 */
768 CXDiagnostic_Warning = 2,
769
770 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000771 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000772 */
773 CXDiagnostic_Error = 3,
774
775 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000776 * This diagnostic indicates that the code is ill-formed such
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000777 * that future parser recovery is unlikely to produce useful
778 * results.
779 */
780 CXDiagnostic_Fatal = 4
781};
782
783/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000784 * A single diagnostic, containing the diagnostic's severity,
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000785 * location, text, source ranges, and fix-it hints.
786 */
787typedef void *CXDiagnostic;
788
789/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000790 * A group of CXDiagnostics.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000791 */
792typedef void *CXDiagnosticSet;
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000793
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000794/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000795 * Determine the number of diagnostics in a CXDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000796 */
797CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnosticsInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
798
799/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000800 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given CXDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000801 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000802 * \param Diags the CXDiagnosticSet to query.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000803 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
804 *
805 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
806 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
807 */
808CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnosticInSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000809 unsigned Index);
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000810
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000811/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000812 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000813 * \c clang_loadDiagnostics.
814 */
815enum CXLoadDiag_Error {
816 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000817 * Indicates that no error occurred.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000818 */
819 CXLoadDiag_None = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000820
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000821 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000822 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000823 * deserialize diagnostics.
824 */
825 CXLoadDiag_Unknown = 1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000826
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000827 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000828 * Indicates that the file containing the serialized diagnostics
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000829 * could not be opened.
830 */
831 CXLoadDiag_CannotLoad = 2,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000832
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000833 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000834 * Indicates that the serialized diagnostics file is invalid or
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000835 * corrupt.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000836 */
837 CXLoadDiag_InvalidFile = 3
838};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000839
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000840/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000841 * Deserialize a set of diagnostics from a Clang diagnostics bitcode
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000842 * file.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000843 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000844 * \param file The name of the file to deserialize.
845 * \param error A pointer to a enum value recording if there was a problem
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000846 * deserializing the diagnostics.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000847 * \param errorString A pointer to a CXString for recording the error string
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000848 * if the file was not successfully loaded.
849 *
850 * \returns A loaded CXDiagnosticSet if successful, and NULL otherwise. These
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000851 * diagnostics should be released using clang_disposeDiagnosticSet().
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000852 */
853CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_loadDiagnostics(const char *file,
854 enum CXLoadDiag_Error *error,
855 CXString *errorString);
856
857/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000858 * Release a CXDiagnosticSet and all of its contained diagnostics.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000859 */
860CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet Diags);
861
862/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000863 * Retrieve the child diagnostics of a CXDiagnostic.
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +0000864 *
865 * This CXDiagnosticSet does not need to be released by
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000866 * clang_disposeDiagnosticSet.
Ted Kremenekd010ba42011-11-10 08:43:12 +0000867 */
868CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet clang_getChildDiagnostics(CXDiagnostic D);
869
870/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000871 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000872 * translation unit.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000873 */
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000874CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
875
876/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000877 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000878 *
879 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
880 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
881 *
882 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
883 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
884 */
885CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
886 unsigned Index);
887
888/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000889 * Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
Ted Kremenekb4a8b052011-12-09 22:28:32 +0000890 * translation unit.
891 *
892 * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
893 */
894CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000895 clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
Ted Kremenekb4a8b052011-12-09 22:28:32 +0000896
897/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000898 * Destroy a diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +0000899 */
900CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000901
902/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000903 * Options to control the display of diagnostics.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000904 *
905 * The values in this enum are meant to be combined to customize the
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000906 * behavior of \c clang_formatDiagnostic().
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000907 */
908enum CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions {
909 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000910 * Display the source-location information where the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000911 * diagnostic was located.
912 *
913 * When set, diagnostics will be prefixed by the file, line, and
914 * (optionally) column to which the diagnostic refers. For example,
915 *
916 * \code
917 * test.c:28: warning: extra tokens at end of #endif directive
918 * \endcode
919 *
920 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-source-location.
921 */
922 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceLocation = 0x01,
923
924 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000925 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000926 * diagnostic, also include the column number.
927 *
928 * This option corresponds to the clang flag \c -fshow-column.
929 */
930 CXDiagnostic_DisplayColumn = 0x02,
931
932 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000933 * If displaying the source-location information of the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000934 * diagnostic, also include information about source ranges in a
935 * machine-parsable format.
936 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000937 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000938 * \c -fdiagnostics-print-source-range-info.
939 */
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000940 CXDiagnostic_DisplaySourceRanges = 0x04,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000941
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000942 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000943 * Display the option name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000944 *
945 * The option name displayed (e.g., -Wconversion) will be placed in brackets
946 * after the diagnostic text. This option corresponds to the clang flag
947 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-option.
948 */
949 CXDiagnostic_DisplayOption = 0x08,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000950
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000951 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000952 * Display the category number associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000953 *
954 * The category number is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000955 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000956 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=id.
957 */
958 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryId = 0x10,
959
960 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000961 * Display the category name associated with this diagnostic, if any.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000962 *
963 * The category name is displayed within brackets after the diagnostic text.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +0000964 * This option corresponds to the clang flag
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +0000965 * \c -fdiagnostics-show-category=name.
966 */
967 CXDiagnostic_DisplayCategoryName = 0x20
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000968};
969
970/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000971 * Format the given diagnostic in a manner that is suitable for display.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000972 *
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000973 * This routine will format the given diagnostic to a string, rendering
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000974 * the diagnostic according to the various options given. The
975 * \c clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions() function returns the set of
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000976 * options that most closely mimics the behavior of the clang compiler.
977 *
978 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic to print.
979 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +0000980 * \param Options A set of options that control the diagnostic display,
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000981 * created by combining \c CXDiagnosticDisplayOptions values.
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000982 *
983 * \returns A new string containing for formatted diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000984 */
Douglas Gregord770f732010-02-22 23:17:23 +0000985CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_formatDiagnostic(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
986 unsigned Options);
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000987
988/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000989 * Retrieve the set of display options most similar to the
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000990 * default behavior of the clang compiler.
991 *
992 * \returns A set of display options suitable for use with \c
Sylvestre Ledrud29d97c2013-11-17 09:46:45 +0000993 * clang_formatDiagnostic().
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +0000994 */
995CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions(void);
996
997/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +0000998 * Determine the severity of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +0000999 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001000CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXDiagnosticSeverity
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001001clang_getDiagnosticSeverity(CXDiagnostic);
1002
1003/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001004 * Retrieve the source location of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001005 *
1006 * This location is where Clang would print the caret ('^') when
1007 * displaying the diagnostic on the command line.
1008 */
1009CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getDiagnosticLocation(CXDiagnostic);
1010
1011/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001012 * Retrieve the text of the given diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001013 */
1014CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticSpelling(CXDiagnostic);
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001015
1016/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001017 * Retrieve the name of the command-line option that enabled this
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001018 * diagnostic.
1019 *
1020 * \param Diag The diagnostic to be queried.
1021 *
1022 * \param Disable If non-NULL, will be set to the option that disables this
1023 * diagnostic (if any).
1024 *
1025 * \returns A string that contains the command-line option used to enable this
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001026 * warning, such as "-Wconversion" or "-pedantic".
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001027 */
1028CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticOption(CXDiagnostic Diag,
1029 CXString *Disable);
1030
1031/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001032 * Retrieve the category number for this diagnostic.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001033 *
1034 * Diagnostics can be categorized into groups along with other, related
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001035 * diagnostics (e.g., diagnostics under the same warning flag). This routine
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001036 * retrieves the category number for the given diagnostic.
1037 *
1038 * \returns The number of the category that contains this diagnostic, or zero
1039 * if this diagnostic is uncategorized.
1040 */
1041CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticCategory(CXDiagnostic);
1042
1043/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001044 * Retrieve the name of a particular diagnostic category. This
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001045 * is now deprecated. Use clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText()
1046 * instead.
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001047 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001048 * \param Category A diagnostic category number, as returned by
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001049 * \c clang_getDiagnosticCategory().
1050 *
1051 * \returns The name of the given diagnostic category.
1052 */
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001053CINDEX_DEPRECATED CINDEX_LINKAGE
1054CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryName(unsigned Category);
1055
1056/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001057 * Retrieve the diagnostic category text for a given diagnostic.
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001058 *
Ted Kremenek26a6d492012-04-12 00:03:31 +00001059 * \returns The text of the given diagnostic category.
1060 */
1061CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticCategoryText(CXDiagnostic);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001062
Douglas Gregora750e8e2010-11-19 16:18:16 +00001063/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001064 * Determine the number of source ranges associated with the given
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001065 * diagnostic.
1066 */
1067CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumRanges(CXDiagnostic);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001068
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001069/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001070 * Retrieve a source range associated with the diagnostic.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001071 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001072 * A diagnostic's source ranges highlight important elements in the source
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001073 * code. On the command line, Clang displays source ranges by
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001074 * underlining them with '~' characters.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001075 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001076 * \param Diagnostic the diagnostic whose range is being extracted.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001077 *
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001078 * \param Range the zero-based index specifying which range to
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001079 *
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001080 * \returns the requested source range.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001081 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001082CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getDiagnosticRange(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
Douglas Gregor4b8fd6d2010-02-08 23:11:56 +00001083 unsigned Range);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001084
1085/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001086 * Determine the number of fix-it hints associated with the
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001087 * given diagnostic.
1088 */
1089CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getDiagnosticNumFixIts(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic);
1090
1091/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001092 * Retrieve the replacement information for a given fix-it.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001093 *
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001094 * Fix-its are described in terms of a source range whose contents
1095 * should be replaced by a string. This approach generalizes over
1096 * three kinds of operations: removal of source code (the range covers
1097 * the code to be removed and the replacement string is empty),
1098 * replacement of source code (the range covers the code to be
1099 * replaced and the replacement string provides the new code), and
1100 * insertion (both the start and end of the range point at the
1101 * insertion location, and the replacement string provides the text to
1102 * insert).
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001103 *
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001104 * \param Diagnostic The diagnostic whose fix-its are being queried.
1105 *
1106 * \param FixIt The zero-based index of the fix-it.
1107 *
1108 * \param ReplacementRange The source range whose contents will be
1109 * replaced with the returned replacement string. Note that source
1110 * ranges are half-open ranges [a, b), so the source code should be
1111 * replaced from a and up to (but not including) b.
1112 *
1113 * \returns A string containing text that should be replace the source
1114 * code indicated by the \c ReplacementRange.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001115 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001116CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDiagnosticFixIt(CXDiagnostic Diagnostic,
Douglas Gregor836ec942010-02-19 18:16:06 +00001117 unsigned FixIt,
1118 CXSourceRange *ReplacementRange);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001119
1120/**
1121 * @}
1122 */
1123
1124/**
1125 * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
1126 *
1127 * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
1128 * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
1129 * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
1130 *
1131 * @{
1132 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001133
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001134/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001135 * Get the original translation unit source file name.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001136 */
1137CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1138clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1139
1140/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001141 * Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001142 * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
1143 *
1144 * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller provides a
1145 * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
1146 * specified command line arguments.
1147 *
1148 * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
1149 * are ignored:
1150 *
1151 * '-c'
1152 * '-emit-ast'
1153 * '-fsyntax-only'
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001154 * '-o \<output file>' (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001155 *
Ted Kremenekbd4972442010-11-08 04:28:51 +00001156 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
1157 * associated.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001158 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001159 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
Ted Kremenekbd4972442010-11-08 04:28:51 +00001160 * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
1161 *
1162 * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
1163 * \p clang_command_line_args.
1164 *
1165 * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1166 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1167 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
1168 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001169 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001170 *
1171 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1172 * unsaved_files.
1173 *
1174 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
1175 * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
Ted Kremenekde24a942010-04-12 18:47:26 +00001176 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1177 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1178 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001179 */
1180CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
1181 CXIndex CIdx,
1182 const char *source_filename,
1183 int num_clang_command_line_args,
Douglas Gregor57879fa2010-09-01 16:43:19 +00001184 const char * const *clang_command_line_args,
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001185 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00001186 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001187
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001188/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001189 * Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001190 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1191 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1192 * error codes.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001193 */
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001194CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(
1195 CXIndex CIdx,
1196 const char *ast_filename);
1197
1198/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001199 * Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001200 *
1201 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1202 * \c CXTranslationUnit.
1203 *
1204 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
1205 */
1206CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(
1207 CXIndex CIdx,
1208 const char *ast_filename,
1209 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001210
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001211/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001212 * Flags that control the creation of translation units.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001213 *
1214 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1215 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1216 * constructing the translation unit.
1217 */
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001218enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
1219 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001220 * Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001221 * needed.
1222 */
1223 CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
1224
1225 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001226 * Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001227 * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
1228 *
1229 * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
1230 * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
1231 * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
1232 * applications that require more detailed information about the
1233 * behavior of the preprocessor.
1234 */
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001235 CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
1236
1237 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001238 * Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001239 *
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001240 * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
1241 * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
1242 * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
1243 * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
1244 * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
1245 * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
1246 * intent of producing a precompiled header.
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001247 */
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001248 CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001249
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001250 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001251 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
Douglas Gregorbe2d8c62010-07-23 00:33:23 +00001252 * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
1253 *
1254 * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
1255 * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
1256 * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
1257 * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
1258 * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
1259 * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
1260 * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
1261 * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
1262 * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
1263 */
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001264 CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001265
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001266 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001267 * Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001268 * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
1269 *
1270 * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
1271 * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
1272 * code-completion operations.
1273 */
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001274 CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001275
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001276 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001277 * Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001278 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001279 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001280 * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
1281 * producing a precompiled header.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001282 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0db720f2012-10-11 16:05:00 +00001283 CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001284
1285 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001286 * DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001287 *
1288 * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
Douglas Gregor2ed0ee12011-08-25 22:54:01 +00001289 * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
Douglas Gregorf5a18542010-10-27 17:24:53 +00001290 */
Erik Verbruggen6e922512012-04-12 10:11:59 +00001291 CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
1292
1293 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001294 * Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
Erik Verbruggen6e922512012-04-12 10:11:59 +00001295 * parsing.
1296 *
1297 * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
1298 * ignoring the usages.
1299 */
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00001300 CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
1301
1302 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001303 * Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00001304 * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
1305 * unit.
1306 */
Benjamin Kramer5c248d82015-12-15 09:30:31 +00001307 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80,
1308
1309 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001310 * Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
Benjamin Kramer5c248d82015-12-15 09:30:31 +00001311 * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
1312 * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
1313 * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
1314 */
Manuel Klimek016c0242016-03-01 10:56:19 +00001315 CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = 0x100,
1316
1317 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001318 * Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
Manuel Klimek016c0242016-03-01 10:56:19 +00001319 *
1320 * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
1321 * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
1322 * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
1323 * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
1324 * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
1325 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis735e92c2017-06-09 01:20:48 +00001326 CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing = 0x200,
1327
Ivan Donchevskiif70d28b2018-05-17 09:15:22 +00001328 /**
1329 * Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
1330 */
Ivan Donchevskii6e895282018-05-17 09:24:37 +00001331 CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse = 0x400,
1332
1333 /**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00001334 * Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to
Ivan Donchevskii6e895282018-05-17 09:24:37 +00001335 * constrain the skipping of function bodies to the preamble.
1336 *
1337 * The function bodies of the main file are not skipped.
1338 */
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00001339 CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble = 0x800,
1340
1341 /**
1342 * Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
1343 */
Michael Wu40ff1052018-08-03 05:20:23 +00001344 CXTranslationUnit_IncludeAttributedTypes = 0x1000,
1345
1346 /**
1347 * Used to indicate that implicit attributes should be visited.
1348 */
1349 CXTranslationUnit_VisitImplicitAttributes = 0x2000
Ivan Donchevskiif70d28b2018-05-17 09:15:22 +00001350};
1351
1352/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001353 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001354 * unit that is being edited.
1355 *
1356 * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
1357 * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
1358 * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
1359 * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001360 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001361 * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
1362 * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
1363 */
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001364CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001365
1366/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001367 * Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001368 * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code. In case of an error this
1369 * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
1370 * error codes.
1371 */
1372CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
1373clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx,
1374 const char *source_filename,
1375 const char *const *command_line_args,
1376 int num_command_line_args,
1377 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1378 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1379 unsigned options);
1380
Douglas Gregor4a47bca2010-08-09 22:28:58 +00001381/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001382 * Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001383 * to that file.
1384 *
1385 * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
1386 * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
1387 * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
1388 * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
1389 * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
1390 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001391 * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001392 * associated.
1393 *
1394 * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001395 * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001396 *
1397 * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
1398 * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
1399 * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001400 * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00001401 * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001402 *
1403 * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001404 * \c command_line_args.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001405 *
1406 * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00001407 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001408 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1409 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1410 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
1411 *
1412 * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
1413 * unsaved_files.
1414 *
1415 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1416 * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1417 * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1418 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001419 * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
1420 * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
1421 * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
1422 *
1423 * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
Douglas Gregor99d2cf42010-07-21 18:52:53 +00001424 */
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001425CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
1426clang_parseTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx,
1427 const char *source_filename,
1428 const char *const *command_line_args,
1429 int num_command_line_args,
1430 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1431 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1432 unsigned options,
1433 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1434
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001435/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001436 * Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
Benjamin Kramerc02670e2015-11-18 16:14:27 +00001437 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
1438 * library paths are relative to the binary.
1439 */
1440CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
1441 CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
1442 const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
1443 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
1444 unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
1445
1446/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001447 * Flags that control how translation units are saved.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001448 *
1449 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1450 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1451 * saving the translation unit.
1452 */
1453enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
1454 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001455 * Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001456 */
1457 CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
1458};
1459
1460/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001461 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001462 * unit.
1463 *
1464 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1465 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1466 * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
1467 * the most commonly-requested data.
1468 */
1469CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1470
1471/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001472 * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001473 * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
1474 */
1475enum CXSaveError {
1476 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001477 * Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001478 */
1479 CXSaveError_None = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001480
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001481 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001482 * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001483 * the file.
1484 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001485 * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001486 * write the file.
1487 */
1488 CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001489
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001490 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001491 * Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001492 * to save the translation unit.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001493 *
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001494 * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
1495 * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
1496 */
1497 CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001498
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001499 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001500 * Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001501 * invalid (e.g., NULL).
1502 */
1503 CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
1504};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001505
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001506/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001507 * Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001508 * that translation unit on disk.
1509 *
1510 * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
1511 * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
1512 * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
1513 * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
1514 * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
1515 * units.
1516 *
1517 * \param TU The translation unit to save.
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001518 *
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001519 * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
1520 *
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001521 * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
1522 * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
1523 * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
1524 *
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001525 * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001526 * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
Douglas Gregor30c80fa2011-07-06 16:43:36 +00001527 * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001528 */
1529CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
Douglas Gregor6bb92ec2010-08-13 15:35:05 +00001530 const char *FileName,
1531 unsigned options);
Douglas Gregore9386682010-08-13 05:36:37 +00001532
1533/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001534 * Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
Erik Verbruggen346066b2017-05-30 14:25:54 +00001535 *
1536 * A suspended translation unit uses significantly less memory but on the other
1537 * side does not support any other calls than \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit
1538 * to resume it or \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit to dispose it completely.
1539 */
1540CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
1541
1542/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001543 * Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001544 */
1545CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001546
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001547/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001548 * Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001549 *
1550 * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
1551 * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
1552 * reparsing the translation unit.
1553 */
1554enum CXReparse_Flags {
1555 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001556 * Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001557 */
1558 CXReparse_None = 0x0
1559};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001560
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001561/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001562 * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001563 * unit.
1564 *
1565 * The set of flags returned provide options for
1566 * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
1567 * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001568 * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001569 * to the next.
1570 */
1571CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1572
1573/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001574 * Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001575 *
1576 * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
1577 * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
1578 * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
1579 * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001580 * was originally parsed.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001581 *
1582 * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
1583 * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
1584 * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
1585 * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001586 * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001587 * unit using this routine.
1588 *
1589 * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001590 * translation unit must originally have been built with
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001591 * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
1592 *
1593 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
1594 * unsaved_files.
1595 *
1596 * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
1597 * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
1598 * those files. The contents and name of these files (as specified by
1599 * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
1600 * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001601 *
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001602 * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
1603 * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
1604 * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
1605 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001606 * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed. A non-zero error code will be
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001607 * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00001608 * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
1609 * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU). The error codes returned by this
1610 * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001611 */
1612CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
1613 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregorde051182010-08-11 15:58:42 +00001614 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
1615 unsigned options);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001616
1617/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001618 * Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001619 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001620enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
1621 CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
1622 CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
1623 CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
1624 CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
Ted Kremenek21735e62011-04-28 04:10:31 +00001625 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00001626 CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
Ted Kremenek8d587902011-04-28 20:36:42 +00001627 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
Ted Kremenek5e1ed7b2011-04-28 23:46:20 +00001628 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001629 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
1630 CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
Ted Kremenek2160a0d2011-05-04 01:38:46 +00001631 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
1632 CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
Ted Kremenek120992a2011-07-26 23:46:06 +00001633 CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001634 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001635 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
1636 CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001637 CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001638
1639 CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
Ted Kremenekfbcce6f2011-07-26 23:46:11 +00001640 CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001641};
1642
1643/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001644 * Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001645 * the name of the memory category. This string should never be freed.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001646 */
1647CINDEX_LINKAGE
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001648const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001649
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001650typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001651 /* The memory usage category. */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001652 enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
1653 /* Amount of resources used.
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001654 The units will depend on the resource kind. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001655 unsigned long amount;
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001656} CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001657
1658/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001659 * The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001660 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001661typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001662 /* Private data member, used for queries. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001663 void *data;
1664
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001665 /* The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001666 unsigned numEntries;
1667
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001668 /* An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001669 usage. */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001670 CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001671
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001672} CXTUResourceUsage;
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001673
1674/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001675 * Return the memory usage of a translation unit. This object
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001676 * should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001677 */
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001678CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001679
Ted Kremenek23324122011-04-20 16:41:07 +00001680CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
Ted Kremenek83f642e2011-04-18 22:47:10 +00001681
Douglas Gregoraa21cc42010-07-19 21:46:24 +00001682/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001683 * Get target information for this translation unit.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001684 *
1685 * The CXTargetInfo object cannot outlive the CXTranslationUnit object.
1686 */
1687CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTargetInfo
1688clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1689
1690/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001691 * Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001692 */
1693CINDEX_LINKAGE void
1694clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo Info);
1695
1696/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001697 * Get the normalized target triple as a string.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001698 *
1699 * Returns the empty string in case of any error.
1700 */
1701CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
1702clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo Info);
1703
1704/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001705 * Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
Emilio Cobos Alvarez485ad422017-04-28 15:56:39 +00001706 *
1707 * Returns -1 in case of error.
1708 */
1709CINDEX_LINKAGE int
1710clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo Info);
1711
1712/**
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001713 * @}
1714 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00001715
Douglas Gregor4f9c3762010-01-28 00:27:43 +00001716/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001717 * Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001718 */
1719enum CXCursorKind {
1720 /* Declarations */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001721 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001722 * A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001723 * interface.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001724 *
1725 * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1726 * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1727 * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1728 * of the declaration is not reported.
1729 */
1730 CXCursor_UnexposedDecl = 1,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001731 /** A C or C++ struct. */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001732 CXCursor_StructDecl = 2,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001733 /** A C or C++ union. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001734 CXCursor_UnionDecl = 3,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001735 /** A C++ class. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001736 CXCursor_ClassDecl = 4,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001737 /** An enumeration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001738 CXCursor_EnumDecl = 5,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001739 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001740 * A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001741 * struct, union, or C++ class.
1742 */
1743 CXCursor_FieldDecl = 6,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001744 /** An enumerator constant. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001745 CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl = 7,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001746 /** A function. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001747 CXCursor_FunctionDecl = 8,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001748 /** A variable. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001749 CXCursor_VarDecl = 9,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001750 /** A function or method parameter. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001751 CXCursor_ParmDecl = 10,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001752 /** An Objective-C \@interface. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001753 CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl = 11,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001754 /** An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001755 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl = 12,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001756 /** An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001757 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl = 13,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001758 /** An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001759 CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl = 14,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001760 /** An Objective-C instance variable. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001761 CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl = 15,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001762 /** An Objective-C instance method. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001763 CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl = 16,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001764 /** An Objective-C class method. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001765 CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl = 17,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001766 /** An Objective-C \@implementation. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001767 CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl = 18,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001768 /** An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001769 CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl = 19,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001770 /** A typedef. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001771 CXCursor_TypedefDecl = 20,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001772 /** A C++ class method. */
Ted Kremenek225b8e32010-04-13 23:39:06 +00001773 CXCursor_CXXMethod = 21,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001774 /** A C++ namespace. */
Ted Kremenekbd67fb22010-05-06 23:38:21 +00001775 CXCursor_Namespace = 22,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001776 /** A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
Ted Kremenekb80cba52010-05-07 01:04:29 +00001777 CXCursor_LinkageSpec = 23,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001778 /** A C++ constructor. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001779 CXCursor_Constructor = 24,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001780 /** A C++ destructor. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001781 CXCursor_Destructor = 25,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001782 /** A C++ conversion function. */
Douglas Gregor12bca222010-08-31 14:41:23 +00001783 CXCursor_ConversionFunction = 26,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001784 /** A C++ template type parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001785 CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter = 27,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001786 /** A C++ non-type template parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001787 CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter = 28,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001788 /** A C++ template template parameter. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001789 CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter = 29,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001790 /** A C++ function template. */
Douglas Gregor713602b2010-08-31 17:01:39 +00001791 CXCursor_FunctionTemplate = 30,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001792 /** A C++ class template. */
Douglas Gregor1fbaeb12010-08-31 19:02:00 +00001793 CXCursor_ClassTemplate = 31,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001794 /** A C++ class template partial specialization. */
Douglas Gregorf96abb22010-08-31 19:31:58 +00001795 CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001796 /** A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001797 CXCursor_NamespaceAlias = 33,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001798 /** A C++ using directive. */
Douglas Gregor01a430132010-09-01 03:07:18 +00001799 CXCursor_UsingDirective = 34,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001800 /** A C++ using declaration. */
Douglas Gregora9aa29c2010-09-01 19:52:22 +00001801 CXCursor_UsingDeclaration = 35,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001802 /** A C++ alias declaration */
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001803 CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl = 36,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001804 /** An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
Douglas Gregor4cd65962011-06-03 23:08:58 +00001805 CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl = 37,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001806 /** An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
Douglas Gregor4cd65962011-06-03 23:08:58 +00001807 CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl = 38,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001808 /** An access specifier. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12afd702011-09-30 17:58:23 +00001809 CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier = 39,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001810
Ted Kremenek08de5c12010-05-19 21:51:10 +00001811 CXCursor_FirstDecl = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12afd702011-09-30 17:58:23 +00001812 CXCursor_LastDecl = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001813
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001814 /* References */
1815 CXCursor_FirstRef = 40, /* Decl references */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001816 CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef = 40,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001817 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef = 41,
1818 CXCursor_ObjCClassRef = 42,
1819 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001820 * A reference to a type declaration.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001821 *
1822 * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1823 * declared. For example, given:
1824 *
1825 * \code
1826 * typedef unsigned size_type;
1827 * size_type size;
1828 * \endcode
1829 *
1830 * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1831 * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1832 * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1833 */
1834 CXCursor_TypeRef = 43,
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00001835 CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier = 44,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001836 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001837 * A reference to a class template, function template, template
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001838 * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
Douglas Gregora23e8f72010-08-31 20:37:03 +00001839 */
1840 CXCursor_TemplateRef = 45,
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001841 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001842 * A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
Douglas Gregora89314e2010-08-31 23:48:11 +00001843 */
1844 CXCursor_NamespaceRef = 46,
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001845 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001846 * A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001847 * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
Douglas Gregorf3af3112010-09-09 21:42:20 +00001848 */
1849 CXCursor_MemberRef = 47,
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001850 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001851 * A reference to a labeled statement.
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001852 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001853 * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00001854 * goto statement in the following example:
1855 *
1856 * \code
1857 * start_over:
1858 * ++counter;
1859 *
1860 * goto start_over;
1861 * \endcode
1862 *
1863 * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1864 */
1865 CXCursor_LabelRef = 48,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001866
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001867 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001868 * A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001869 * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1870 *
1871 * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1872 * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1873 *
1874 * \code
1875 * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1876 *
1877 * struct X { ... };
1878 * void swap(X&, X&);
1879 *
1880 * template<typename T>
1881 * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1882 * while (first < last - 1) {
1883 * swap(*first, *--last);
1884 * ++first;
1885 * }
1886 * }
1887 *
1888 * struct Y { };
1889 * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1890 * \endcode
1891 *
1892 * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1893 * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1894 * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1895 * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1896 * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1897 * example).
1898 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001899 * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00001900 * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1901 * referenced by this cursor.
1902 */
1903 CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef = 49,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001904
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001905 /**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001906 * A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001907 * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1908 */
1909 CXCursor_VariableRef = 50,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00001910
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00001911 CXCursor_LastRef = CXCursor_VariableRef,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001912
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001913 /* Error conditions */
1914 CXCursor_FirstInvalid = 70,
1915 CXCursor_InvalidFile = 70,
1916 CXCursor_NoDeclFound = 71,
1917 CXCursor_NotImplemented = 72,
Ted Kremeneke184ac52010-03-19 20:39:03 +00001918 CXCursor_InvalidCode = 73,
1919 CXCursor_LastInvalid = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001920
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001921 /* Expressions */
1922 CXCursor_FirstExpr = 100,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001923
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001924 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001925 * An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001926 * interface.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001927 *
1928 * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1929 * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1930 * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1931 * expression is not reported.
1932 */
1933 CXCursor_UnexposedExpr = 100,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001934
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001935 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001936 * An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00001937 * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001938 */
1939 CXCursor_DeclRefExpr = 101,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001940
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001941 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001942 * An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001943 * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1944 */
1945 CXCursor_MemberRefExpr = 102,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001946
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001947 /** An expression that calls a function. */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001948 CXCursor_CallExpr = 103,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00001949
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001950 /** An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00001951 object or class. */
1952 CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr = 104,
Ted Kremenek33b9a422010-04-11 21:47:37 +00001953
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001954 /** An expression that represents a block literal. */
Ted Kremenek33b9a422010-04-11 21:47:37 +00001955 CXCursor_BlockExpr = 105,
1956
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001957 /** An integer literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001958 */
1959 CXCursor_IntegerLiteral = 106,
1960
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001961 /** A floating point number literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001962 */
1963 CXCursor_FloatingLiteral = 107,
1964
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001965 /** An imaginary number literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001966 */
1967 CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral = 108,
1968
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001969 /** A string literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001970 */
1971 CXCursor_StringLiteral = 109,
1972
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001973 /** A character literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001974 */
1975 CXCursor_CharacterLiteral = 110,
1976
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001977 /** A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001978 *
1979 * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1980 */
1981 CXCursor_ParenExpr = 111,
1982
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001983 /** This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001984 * alignof).
1985 */
1986 CXCursor_UnaryOperator = 112,
1987
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001988 /** [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001989 */
1990 CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr = 113,
1991
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001992 /** A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001993 * "x <= y".
1994 */
1995 CXCursor_BinaryOperator = 114,
1996
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00001997 /** Compound assignment such as "+=".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00001998 */
1999 CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator = 115,
2000
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002001 /** The ?: ternary operator.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002002 */
2003 CXCursor_ConditionalOperator = 116,
2004
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002005 /** An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002006 * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
2007 *
2008 * For example: (int)f.
2009 */
2010 CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr = 117,
2011
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002012 /** [C99 6.5.2.5]
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002013 */
2014 CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr = 118,
2015
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002016 /** Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002017 */
2018 CXCursor_InitListExpr = 119,
2019
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002020 /** The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002021 */
2022 CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr = 120,
2023
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002024 /** This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002025 */
2026 CXCursor_StmtExpr = 121,
2027
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002028 /** Represents a C11 generic selection.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002029 */
2030 CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr = 122,
2031
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002032 /** Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002033 * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
2034 * size and alignment as a pointer.
2035 *
2036 * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
2037 * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
2038 * match the size of a pointer).
2039 */
2040 CXCursor_GNUNullExpr = 123,
2041
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002042 /** C++'s static_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002043 */
2044 CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr = 124,
2045
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002046 /** C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002047 */
2048 CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr = 125,
2049
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002050 /** C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002051 */
2052 CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr = 126,
2053
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002054 /** C++'s const_cast<> expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002055 */
2056 CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr = 127,
2057
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002058 /** Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002059 * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
2060 *
2061 * Example:
2062 * \code
2063 * x = int(0.5);
2064 * \endcode
2065 */
2066 CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr = 128,
2067
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002068 /** A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002069 */
2070 CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr = 129,
2071
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002072 /** [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002073 */
2074 CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr = 130,
2075
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002076 /** [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002077 */
2078 CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr = 131,
2079
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002080 /** Represents the "this" expression in C++
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002081 */
2082 CXCursor_CXXThisExpr = 132,
2083
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002084 /** [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002085 *
2086 * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
2087 * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
2088 */
2089 CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr = 133,
2090
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002091 /** A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002092 * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
2093 */
2094 CXCursor_CXXNewExpr = 134,
2095
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002096 /** A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002097 * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
2098 */
2099 CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr = 135,
2100
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002101 /** A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002102 */
2103 CXCursor_UnaryExpr = 136,
2104
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002105 /** An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002106 */
2107 CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral = 137,
2108
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002109 /** An Objective-C \@encode expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002110 */
2111 CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr = 138,
2112
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002113 /** An Objective-C \@selector expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002114 */
2115 CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr = 139,
2116
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002117 /** An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002118 */
2119 CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr = 140,
2120
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002121 /** An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002122 * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
2123 *
2124 * \code
2125 * NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
2126 * \endcode
2127 */
2128 CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr = 141,
2129
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002130 /** Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002131 * expressions.
2132 *
2133 * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
2134 * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
2135 *
2136 * \code
2137 * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
2138 * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
2139 * f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
2140 * }
2141 * \endcode
2142 */
2143 CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr = 142,
2144
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002145 /** Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002146 * pack.
2147 *
2148 * \code
2149 * template<typename ...Types>
2150 * struct count {
2151 * static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
2152 * };
2153 * \endcode
2154 */
2155 CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr = 143,
2156
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002157 /* Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
Douglas Gregor30093832012-02-15 00:54:55 +00002158 * object.
2159 *
2160 * \code
2161 * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
2162 * std::sort(x, x + N,
2163 * [](float a, float b) {
2164 * return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
2165 * });
2166 * }
2167 * \endcode
2168 */
2169 CXCursor_LambdaExpr = 144,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002170
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002171 /** Objective-c Boolean Literal.
Ted Kremenek77006f62012-03-06 20:06:06 +00002172 */
2173 CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr = 145,
2174
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002175 /** Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc2233be2013-04-23 17:57:17 +00002176 */
2177 CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr = 146,
2178
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002179 /** OpenMP 4.0 [2.4, Array Section].
Alexey Bataev1a3320e2015-08-25 14:24:04 +00002180 */
2181 CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr = 147,
2182
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002183 /** Represents an @available(...) check.
Erik Pilkington29099de2016-07-16 00:35:23 +00002184 */
2185 CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr = 148,
2186
Leonard Chandb01c3a2018-06-20 17:19:40 +00002187 /**
2188 * Fixed point literal
2189 */
2190 CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral = 149,
2191
2192 CXCursor_LastExpr = CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002193
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002194 /* Statements */
2195 CXCursor_FirstStmt = 200,
2196 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002197 * A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002198 * interface.
2199 *
2200 * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
2201 * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
2202 * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
2203 * reported.
2204 */
2205 CXCursor_UnexposedStmt = 200,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002206
2207 /** A labelled statement in a function.
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00002208 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002209 * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
Douglas Gregora93ab662010-09-10 00:22:18 +00002210 * the following example:
2211 *
2212 * \code
2213 * start_over:
2214 * ++counter;
2215 * \endcode
2216 *
2217 */
2218 CXCursor_LabelStmt = 201,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002219
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002220 /** A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002221 *
2222 * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
2223 * bodies.
2224 */
2225 CXCursor_CompoundStmt = 202,
2226
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002227 /** A case statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002228 */
2229 CXCursor_CaseStmt = 203,
2230
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002231 /** A default statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002232 */
2233 CXCursor_DefaultStmt = 204,
2234
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002235 /** An if statement
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002236 */
2237 CXCursor_IfStmt = 205,
2238
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002239 /** A switch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002240 */
2241 CXCursor_SwitchStmt = 206,
2242
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002243 /** A while statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002244 */
2245 CXCursor_WhileStmt = 207,
2246
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002247 /** A do statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002248 */
2249 CXCursor_DoStmt = 208,
2250
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002251 /** A for statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002252 */
2253 CXCursor_ForStmt = 209,
2254
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002255 /** A goto statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002256 */
2257 CXCursor_GotoStmt = 210,
2258
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002259 /** An indirect goto statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002260 */
2261 CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt = 211,
2262
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002263 /** A continue statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002264 */
2265 CXCursor_ContinueStmt = 212,
2266
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002267 /** A break statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002268 */
2269 CXCursor_BreakStmt = 213,
2270
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002271 /** A return statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002272 */
2273 CXCursor_ReturnStmt = 214,
2274
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002275 /** A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002276 */
Chad Rosierde70e0e2012-08-25 00:11:56 +00002277 CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt = 215,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5eae0732012-09-24 19:27:20 +00002278 CXCursor_AsmStmt = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002279
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002280 /** Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002281 */
2282 CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt = 216,
2283
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002284 /** Objective-C's \@catch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002285 */
2286 CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt = 217,
2287
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002288 /** Objective-C's \@finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002289 */
2290 CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt = 218,
2291
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002292 /** Objective-C's \@throw statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002293 */
2294 CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt = 219,
2295
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002296 /** Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002297 */
2298 CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt = 220,
2299
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002300 /** Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002301 */
2302 CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt = 221,
2303
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002304 /** Objective-C's collection statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002305 */
2306 CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt = 222,
2307
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002308 /** C++'s catch statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002309 */
2310 CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt = 223,
2311
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002312 /** C++'s try statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002313 */
2314 CXCursor_CXXTryStmt = 224,
2315
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002316 /** C++'s for (* : *) statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002317 */
2318 CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt = 225,
2319
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002320 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002321 */
2322 CXCursor_SEHTryStmt = 226,
2323
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002324 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002325 */
2326 CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt = 227,
2327
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002328 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002329 */
2330 CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt = 228,
2331
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002332 /** A MS inline assembly statement extension.
Chad Rosier32503022012-06-11 20:47:18 +00002333 */
2334 CXCursor_MSAsmStmt = 229,
2335
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002336 /** The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002337 *
2338 * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
2339 */
2340 CXCursor_NullStmt = 230,
2341
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002342 /** Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
Douglas Gregor4c362d52011-10-05 19:00:14 +00002343 * expressions.
2344 */
2345 CXCursor_DeclStmt = 231,
2346
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002347 /** OpenMP parallel directive.
Alexey Bataev5ec3eb12013-07-19 03:13:43 +00002348 */
2349 CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective = 232,
2350
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002351 /** OpenMP SIMD directive.
Alexey Bataev1b59ab52014-02-27 08:29:12 +00002352 */
2353 CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective = 233,
2354
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002355 /** OpenMP for directive.
Alexey Bataevf29276e2014-06-18 04:14:57 +00002356 */
2357 CXCursor_OMPForDirective = 234,
2358
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002359 /** OpenMP sections directive.
Alexey Bataevd3f8dd22014-06-25 11:44:49 +00002360 */
2361 CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective = 235,
2362
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002363 /** OpenMP section directive.
Alexey Bataev1e0498a2014-06-26 08:21:58 +00002364 */
2365 CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective = 236,
2366
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002367 /** OpenMP single directive.
Alexey Bataevd1e40fb2014-06-26 12:05:45 +00002368 */
2369 CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective = 237,
2370
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002371 /** OpenMP parallel for directive.
Alexey Bataev4acb8592014-07-07 13:01:15 +00002372 */
2373 CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective = 238,
2374
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002375 /** OpenMP parallel sections directive.
Alexey Bataev84d0b3e2014-07-08 08:12:03 +00002376 */
2377 CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective = 239,
2378
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002379 /** OpenMP task directive.
Alexey Bataev9c2e8ee2014-07-11 11:25:16 +00002380 */
2381 CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective = 240,
2382
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002383 /** OpenMP master directive.
Alexander Musman80c22892014-07-17 08:54:58 +00002384 */
2385 CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective = 241,
2386
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002387 /** OpenMP critical directive.
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002388 */
2389 CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective = 242,
2390
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002391 /** OpenMP taskyield directive.
Alexey Bataev68446b72014-07-18 07:47:19 +00002392 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002393 CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective = 243,
Alexey Bataev68446b72014-07-18 07:47:19 +00002394
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002395 /** OpenMP barrier directive.
Alexey Bataev4d1dfea2014-07-18 09:11:51 +00002396 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002397 CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective = 244,
Alexey Bataev4d1dfea2014-07-18 09:11:51 +00002398
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002399 /** OpenMP taskwait directive.
Alexey Bataev2df347a2014-07-18 10:17:07 +00002400 */
Alexander Musmand9ed09f2014-07-21 09:42:05 +00002401 CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective = 245,
Alexey Bataev2df347a2014-07-18 10:17:07 +00002402
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002403 /** OpenMP flush directive.
Alexey Bataev6125da92014-07-21 11:26:11 +00002404 */
2405 CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective = 246,
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002406
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002407 /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002408 */
2409 CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt = 247,
2410
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002411 /** OpenMP ordered directive.
Alexey Bataev9fb6e642014-07-22 06:45:04 +00002412 */
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002413 CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective = 248,
Alexey Bataev6125da92014-07-21 11:26:11 +00002414
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002415 /** OpenMP atomic directive.
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002416 */
Reid Klecknerba764482014-07-24 18:22:15 +00002417 CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective = 249,
Alexey Bataev0162e452014-07-22 10:10:35 +00002418
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002419 /** OpenMP for SIMD directive.
Alexander Musmanf82886e2014-09-18 05:12:34 +00002420 */
2421 CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective = 250,
2422
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002423 /** OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
Alexander Musmane4e893b2014-09-23 09:33:00 +00002424 */
2425 CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective = 251,
2426
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002427 /** OpenMP target directive.
Alexey Bataev0bd520b2014-09-19 08:19:49 +00002428 */
Alexander Musmane4e893b2014-09-23 09:33:00 +00002429 CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective = 252,
Alexey Bataev0bd520b2014-09-19 08:19:49 +00002430
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002431 /** OpenMP teams directive.
Alexey Bataev13314bf2014-10-09 04:18:56 +00002432 */
2433 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective = 253,
2434
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002435 /** OpenMP taskgroup directive.
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002436 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002437 CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective = 254,
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002438
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002439 /** OpenMP cancellation point directive.
Alexey Bataev6d4ed052015-07-01 06:57:41 +00002440 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002441 CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective = 255,
Alexey Bataevc30dd2d2015-06-18 12:14:09 +00002442
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002443 /** OpenMP cancel directive.
Alexey Bataev80909872015-07-02 11:25:17 +00002444 */
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002445 CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective = 256,
Alexey Bataev80909872015-07-02 11:25:17 +00002446
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002447 /** OpenMP target data directive.
Michael Wong65f367f2015-07-21 13:44:28 +00002448 */
2449 CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective = 257,
2450
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002451 /** OpenMP taskloop directive.
Alexey Bataev49f6e782015-12-01 04:18:41 +00002452 */
2453 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective = 258,
2454
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002455 /** OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
Alexey Bataev0a6ed842015-12-03 09:40:15 +00002456 */
2457 CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective = 259,
2458
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002459 /** OpenMP distribute directive.
Carlo Bertolli6200a3d2015-12-14 14:51:25 +00002460 */
2461 CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective = 260,
2462
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002463 /** OpenMP target enter data directive.
Samuel Antaodf67fc42016-01-19 19:15:56 +00002464 */
2465 CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective = 261,
2466
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002467 /** OpenMP target exit data directive.
Samuel Antao72590762016-01-19 20:04:50 +00002468 */
2469 CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective = 262,
2470
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002471 /** OpenMP target parallel directive.
Arpith Chacko Jacobe955b3d2016-01-26 18:48:41 +00002472 */
2473 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective = 263,
2474
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002475 /** OpenMP target parallel for directive.
Arpith Chacko Jacob05bebb52016-02-03 15:46:42 +00002476 */
2477 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective = 264,
2478
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002479 /** OpenMP target update directive.
Samuel Antao686c70c2016-05-26 17:30:50 +00002480 */
2481 CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective = 265,
2482
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002483 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
Carlo Bertolli9925f152016-06-27 14:55:37 +00002484 */
2485 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective = 266,
2486
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002487 /** OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li4a39add2016-07-05 05:00:15 +00002488 */
2489 CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 267,
2490
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002491 /** OpenMP distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Li787f3fc2016-07-06 04:45:38 +00002492 */
2493 CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective = 268,
2494
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002495 /** OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Lia579b912016-07-14 02:54:56 +00002496 */
2497 CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective = 269,
2498
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002499 /** OpenMP target simd directive.
Kelvin Li986330c2016-07-20 22:57:10 +00002500 */
2501 CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective = 270,
2502
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002503 /** OpenMP teams distribute directive.
Kelvin Li02532872016-08-05 14:37:37 +00002504 */
2505 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective = 271,
2506
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002507 /** OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Li4e325f72016-10-25 12:50:55 +00002508 */
2509 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 272,
2510
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002511 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li579e41c2016-11-30 23:51:03 +00002512 */
2513 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 273,
2514
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002515 /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
Kelvin Li7ade93f2016-12-09 03:24:30 +00002516 */
2517 CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 274,
2518
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002519 /** OpenMP target teams directive.
Kelvin Libf594a52016-12-17 05:48:59 +00002520 */
2521 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective = 275,
2522
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002523 /** OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
Kelvin Li83c451e2016-12-25 04:52:54 +00002524 */
2525 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective = 276,
2526
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002527 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
Kelvin Li80e8f562016-12-29 22:16:30 +00002528 */
2529 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 277,
2530
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002531 /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
Kelvin Li1851df52017-01-03 05:23:48 +00002532 */
2533 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 278,
2534
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002535 /** OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
Kelvin Lida681182017-01-10 18:08:18 +00002536 */
2537 CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 279,
2538
2539 CXCursor_LastStmt = CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002540
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002541 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002542 * Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002543 *
2544 * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
2545 * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
2546 */
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002547 CXCursor_TranslationUnit = 300,
2548
Bill Wendling44426052012-12-20 19:22:21 +00002549 /* Attributes */
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002550 CXCursor_FirstAttr = 400,
2551 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002552 * An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Ted Kremenekbff31432010-02-18 03:09:07 +00002553 * interface.
2554 */
2555 CXCursor_UnexposedAttr = 400,
2556
2557 CXCursor_IBActionAttr = 401,
2558 CXCursor_IBOutletAttr = 402,
Ted Kremenek26bde772010-05-19 17:38:06 +00002559 CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr = 403,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2cb4e3c2011-09-13 17:39:31 +00002560 CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr = 404,
2561 CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr = 405,
Erik Verbruggenca98f2a2011-10-13 09:41:32 +00002562 CXCursor_AnnotateAttr = 406,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00002563 CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr = 407,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16834f12013-09-25 00:14:38 +00002564 CXCursor_PackedAttr = 408,
Joey Gouly81228382014-05-01 15:41:58 +00002565 CXCursor_PureAttr = 409,
2566 CXCursor_ConstAttr = 410,
2567 CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr = 411,
Eli Bendersky2581e662014-05-28 19:29:58 +00002568 CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr = 412,
2569 CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr = 413,
2570 CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr = 414,
2571 CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr = 415,
Eli Bendersky9b071472014-08-08 14:59:00 +00002572 CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr = 416,
Saleem Abdulrasool79c69712015-09-05 18:53:43 +00002573 CXCursor_VisibilityAttr = 417,
Saleem Abdulrasool8aa0b802015-12-10 18:45:18 +00002574 CXCursor_DLLExport = 418,
2575 CXCursor_DLLImport = 419,
Michael Wud092d0b2018-08-03 05:03:22 +00002576 CXCursor_NSReturnsRetained = 420,
2577 CXCursor_NSReturnsNotRetained = 421,
2578 CXCursor_NSReturnsAutoreleased = 422,
2579 CXCursor_NSConsumesSelf = 423,
2580 CXCursor_NSConsumed = 424,
2581 CXCursor_ObjCException = 425,
2582 CXCursor_ObjCNSObject = 426,
2583 CXCursor_ObjCIndependentClass = 427,
2584 CXCursor_ObjCPreciseLifetime = 428,
2585 CXCursor_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer = 429,
2586 CXCursor_ObjCRequiresSuper = 430,
2587 CXCursor_ObjCRootClass = 431,
2588 CXCursor_ObjCSubclassingRestricted = 432,
2589 CXCursor_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl = 433,
2590 CXCursor_ObjCDesignatedInitializer = 434,
2591 CXCursor_ObjCRuntimeVisible = 435,
2592 CXCursor_ObjCBoxable = 436,
Michael Wu58d837d2018-08-03 05:55:40 +00002593 CXCursor_FlagEnum = 437,
Sven van Haastregtdc2c9302019-02-11 11:00:56 +00002594 CXCursor_ConvergentAttr = 438,
Emilio Cobos Alvarez0a3fe502019-02-25 21:24:52 +00002595 CXCursor_WarnUnusedAttr = 439,
2596 CXCursor_WarnUnusedResultAttr = 440,
Emilio Cobos Alvarezcd741272019-03-13 16:16:54 +00002597 CXCursor_AlignedAttr = 441,
2598 CXCursor_LastAttr = CXCursor_AlignedAttr,
Eli Bendersky2581e662014-05-28 19:29:58 +00002599
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002600 /* Preprocessing */
2601 CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective = 500,
Douglas Gregor06d6d322010-03-18 18:04:21 +00002602 CXCursor_MacroDefinition = 501,
Chandler Carruth9e4704a2011-07-14 08:41:15 +00002603 CXCursor_MacroExpansion = 502,
2604 CXCursor_MacroInstantiation = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00002605 CXCursor_InclusionDirective = 503,
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002606 CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002607 CXCursor_LastPreprocessing = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2608
2609 /* Extra Declarations */
2610 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002611 * A module import declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002612 */
2613 CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl = 600,
Sergey Kalinichev8f3b1872015-11-15 13:48:32 +00002614 CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl = 601,
Olivier Goffart81978012016-06-09 16:15:55 +00002615 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002616 * A static_assert or _Static_assert node
Olivier Goffart81978012016-06-09 16:15:55 +00002617 */
2618 CXCursor_StaticAssert = 602,
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002619 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002620 * a friend declaration.
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002621 */
2622 CXCursor_FriendDecl = 603,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis50e5b1d2012-10-05 00:22:24 +00002623 CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
Olivier Goffartd211c642016-11-04 06:29:27 +00002624 CXCursor_LastExtraDecl = CXCursor_FriendDecl,
Francisco Lopes da Silva975a9f62015-01-21 16:24:11 +00002625
2626 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002627 * A code completion overload candidate.
Francisco Lopes da Silva975a9f62015-01-21 16:24:11 +00002628 */
2629 CXCursor_OverloadCandidate = 700
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002630};
2631
2632/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002633 * A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002634 * a translation unit.
2635 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002636 * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002637 * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2638 * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2639 * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2640 * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2641 * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2642 *
2643 * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2644 * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2645 * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2646 * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2647 * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2648 * source code into the AST.
2649 */
2650typedef struct {
2651 enum CXCursorKind kind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00002652 int xdata;
Dmitri Gribenkoba2f7462013-01-11 21:01:49 +00002653 const void *data[3];
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002654} CXCursor;
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002655
2656/**
2657 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2658 *
2659 * @{
2660 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002661
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002662/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002663 * Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002664 */
2665CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002666
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002667/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002668 * Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002669 *
2670 * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2671 * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2672 */
2673CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2674
2675/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002676 * Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002677 */
2678CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002679
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002680/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002681 * Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002682 */
Dmitri Gribenko8994e0c2012-09-13 13:11:20 +00002683CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002684
2685/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002686 * Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor06a3f302010-11-20 00:09:34 +00002687 */
2688CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002689
Douglas Gregor06a3f302010-11-20 00:09:34 +00002690/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002691 * Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002692 */
2693CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2694
2695/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002696 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +00002697 */
2698CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2699
2700/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002701 * Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
Ivan Donchevskii08ff9102018-01-04 10:59:50 +00002702 *
2703 * A declaration is invalid if it could not be parsed successfully.
2704 *
2705 * \returns non-zero if the cursor represents a declaration and it is
2706 * invalid, otherwise NULL.
2707 */
2708CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor);
2709
2710/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002711 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
Ivan Donchevskii65c766e2018-01-03 10:40:11 +00002712 * reference.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002713 *
2714 * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2715 * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2716 * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2717 */
2718CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2719
2720/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002721 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002722 */
2723CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2724
2725/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002726 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002727 */
2728CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2729
2730/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002731 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
Douglas Gregora98034a2011-07-06 03:00:34 +00002732 */
2733CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2734
2735/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002736 * Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00002737 */
2738CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C);
2739
2740/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002741 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002742 * cursor.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002743 */
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002744CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2745
2746/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002747 * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002748 * unit.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002749 */
2750CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00002751
Ted Kremenekff9021b2010-03-08 21:17:29 +00002752/***
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002753 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002754 * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2755 */
2756CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002757
Douglas Gregor92a524f2010-03-18 00:42:48 +00002758/***
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002759 * Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
Ted Kremenekff9021b2010-03-08 21:17:29 +00002760 * unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2761 */
2762CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2763
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00002764/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002765 * Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002766 */
2767enum CXLinkageKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002768 /** This value indicates that no linkage information is available
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002769 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2770 CXLinkage_Invalid,
2771 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002772 * This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002773 * have automatic storage. This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2774 */
2775 CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002776 /** This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002777 CXLinkage_Internal,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002778 /** This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002779 * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2780 CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002781 /** This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002782 CXLinkage_External
2783};
2784
2785/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002786 * Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Ted Kremenekfb4961d2010-03-03 06:36:57 +00002787 */
2788CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2789
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002790enum CXVisibilityKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002791 /** This value indicates that no visibility information is available
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002792 * for a provided CXCursor. */
2793 CXVisibility_Invalid,
2794
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002795 /** Symbol not seen by the linker. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002796 CXVisibility_Hidden,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002797 /** Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002798 CXVisibility_Protected,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002799 /** Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002800 CXVisibility_Default
2801};
2802
2803/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002804 * Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ehsan Akhgarib743de72016-05-31 15:55:51 +00002805 *
2806 * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2807 * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2808 * commandline arguments.
2809 *
2810 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2811 *
2812 * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2813 */
2814CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor);
2815
Ehsan Akhgari93697fa2015-11-23 19:56:46 +00002816/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002817 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002818 * taking the current target platform into account.
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00002819 *
2820 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2821 *
2822 * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2823 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002824CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00002825clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2826
2827/**
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002828 * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2829 * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2830 */
2831typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2832 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002833 * A string that describes the platform for which this structure
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002834 * provides availability information.
2835 *
Manman Renccf25bb2016-06-28 20:55:30 +00002836 * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002837 */
2838 CXString Platform;
2839 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002840 * The version number in which this entity was introduced.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002841 */
2842 CXVersion Introduced;
2843 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002844 * The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002845 * still available).
2846 */
2847 CXVersion Deprecated;
2848 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002849 * The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002850 * is no longer available.
2851 */
2852 CXVersion Obsoleted;
2853 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002854 * Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002855 */
2856 int Unavailable;
2857 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002858 * An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002859 * suggest replacement APIs.
2860 */
2861 CXString Message;
2862} CXPlatformAvailability;
2863
2864/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002865 * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002866 * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2867 *
2868 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2869 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002870 * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002871 * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2872 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002873 * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002874 * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2875 * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2876 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00002877 * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002878 * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2879 *
2880 * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002881 * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002882 * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2883 *
2884 * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2885 * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2886 * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2887 * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2888 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002889 * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002890 * \c availability array.
2891 *
2892 * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2893 * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2894 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002895 * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2896 * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2897 * platform-availability structures returned. There are
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002898 * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2899 */
2900CINDEX_LINKAGE int
2901clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor,
2902 int *always_deprecated,
2903 CXString *deprecated_message,
2904 int *always_unavailable,
2905 CXString *unavailable_message,
2906 CXPlatformAvailability *availability,
2907 int availability_size);
2908
2909/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002910 * Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002911 */
2912CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2913clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002914
Douglas Gregord6225d32012-05-08 00:14:45 +00002915/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002916 * Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002917 */
Reid Kleckner9e3bc722013-12-30 17:48:49 +00002918enum CXLanguageKind {
Ted Kremenekee457512010-04-14 20:58:32 +00002919 CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002920 CXLanguage_C,
2921 CXLanguage_ObjC,
Ted Kremenekee457512010-04-14 20:58:32 +00002922 CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002923};
2924
2925/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002926 * Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00002927 */
2928CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2929
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002930/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002931 * Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Saleem Abdulrasool50bc5652017-09-13 02:15:09 +00002932 * referred to by a cursor.
2933 */
2934enum CXTLSKind {
2935 CXTLS_None = 0,
2936 CXTLS_Dynamic,
2937 CXTLS_Static
2938};
2939
2940/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002941 * Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
Saleem Abdulrasool50bc5652017-09-13 02:15:09 +00002942 * referred to by a cursor.
2943 */
2944CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor);
2945
2946/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002947 * Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd6e9fa52011-09-27 00:30:30 +00002948 */
2949CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2950
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002951/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002952 * A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002953 */
2954typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2955
2956/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002957 * Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002958 */
2959CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2960
2961/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002962 * Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002963 */
2964CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2965
2966/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002967 * Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002968 *
2969 * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2970*/
2971CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2972 CXCursor cursor);
2973
2974/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002975 * Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
Ted Kremenekc0b98662013-04-24 07:17:12 +00002976 *
2977 * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2978*/
2979CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2980 CXCursor cursor);
2981
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002982/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00002983 * Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002984 *
2985 * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2986 * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00002987 * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00002988 * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2989 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2990 *
2991 * \code
2992 * class C {
2993 * void f();
2994 * };
2995 *
2996 * void C::f() { }
2997 * \endcode
2998 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00002999 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003000 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
3001 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003002 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003003 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
3004 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
3005 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
3006 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
3007 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
3008 *
3009 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
3010 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
3011 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor7ecd19e2010-12-21 07:55:45 +00003012 *
3013 * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003014 */
3015CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
3016
3017/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003018 * Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003019 *
3020 * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
3021 * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003022 * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003023 * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
3024 * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
3025 *
3026 * \code
3027 * class C {
3028 * void f();
3029 * };
3030 *
3031 * void C::f() { }
3032 * \endcode
3033 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003034 * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003035 * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
3036 * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003037 * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003038 * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
3039 * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
3040 * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
3041 * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
3042 * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
3043 *
3044 * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
3045 * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
3046 * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor7ecd19e2010-12-21 07:55:45 +00003047 *
3048 * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
3049 * the translation unit.
Douglas Gregor0576ce72010-09-22 21:22:29 +00003050 */
3051CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003052
3053/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003054 * Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003055 * method.
3056 *
3057 * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
3058 * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
3059 * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbfb24252012-03-08 00:20:03 +00003060 * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
3061 * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
3062 * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
3063 * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
3064 * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
3065 * corresponding method in the interface.
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003066 *
3067 * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
3068 * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
3069 * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
3070 * override several virtual member functions coming from different
3071 * base classes.
3072 *
3073 * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
3074 * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
3075 * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
3076 * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
3077 * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
3078 * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
3079 * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
3080 * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
3081 *
3082 * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
3083 * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
3084 * method overrides.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003085 *
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003086 * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
3087 * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
3088 * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003089 * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003090 * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
3091 *
3092 * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
3093 * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
3094 * array pointed to by \p overridden.
3095 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003096CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003097 CXCursor **overridden,
3098 unsigned *num_overridden);
3099
3100/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003101 * Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
Douglas Gregor99a26af2010-10-01 20:25:15 +00003102 * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
3103 */
3104CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
3105
Ted Kremenek4ed29252010-04-12 21:22:16 +00003106/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003107 * Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00003108 * cursor.
3109 */
3110CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003111
Douglas Gregor796d76a2010-10-20 22:00:55 +00003112/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003113 * @}
3114 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003115
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003116/**
3117 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
3118 *
3119 * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
3120 * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
3121 * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
3122 * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
3123 *
3124 * @{
Steve Naroffa1c72842009-08-28 15:28:48 +00003125 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003126
Steve Naroff20bad0b2009-10-21 13:56:23 +00003127/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003128 * Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003129 * location in the source code.
3130 *
3131 * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
3132 * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003133 * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003134 * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003135 * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003136 * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
3137 * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
3138 *
3139 * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
3140 * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
Steve Naroff20bad0b2009-10-21 13:56:23 +00003141 */
Douglas Gregor816fd362010-01-22 21:44:22 +00003142CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003143
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003144/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003145 * Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003146 * by the given cursor.
3147 *
3148 * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00003149 * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
3150 * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
3151 * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
Douglas Gregor66a58812010-01-18 22:46:11 +00003152 * source code.
3153 */
3154CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003155
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00003156/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003157 * Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
Douglas Gregor33c34ac2010-01-19 00:34:46 +00003158 * the given cursor.
3159 *
3160 * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
3161 * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00003162 * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
Douglas Gregor33c34ac2010-01-19 00:34:46 +00003163 * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
3164 * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
3165 * entity was actually used).
3166 */
3167CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00003168
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003169/**
3170 * @}
3171 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003172
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00003173/**
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003174 * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
3175 *
3176 * @{
3177 */
3178
3179/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003180 * Describes the kind of type
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003181 */
3182enum CXTypeKind {
3183 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003184 * Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003185 */
3186 CXType_Invalid = 0,
3187
3188 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003189 * A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003190 * interface.
3191 */
3192 CXType_Unexposed = 1,
3193
3194 /* Builtin types */
3195 CXType_Void = 2,
3196 CXType_Bool = 3,
3197 CXType_Char_U = 4,
3198 CXType_UChar = 5,
3199 CXType_Char16 = 6,
3200 CXType_Char32 = 7,
3201 CXType_UShort = 8,
3202 CXType_UInt = 9,
3203 CXType_ULong = 10,
3204 CXType_ULongLong = 11,
3205 CXType_UInt128 = 12,
3206 CXType_Char_S = 13,
3207 CXType_SChar = 14,
3208 CXType_WChar = 15,
3209 CXType_Short = 16,
3210 CXType_Int = 17,
3211 CXType_Long = 18,
3212 CXType_LongLong = 19,
3213 CXType_Int128 = 20,
3214 CXType_Float = 21,
3215 CXType_Double = 22,
3216 CXType_LongDouble = 23,
3217 CXType_NullPtr = 24,
3218 CXType_Overload = 25,
3219 CXType_Dependent = 26,
3220 CXType_ObjCId = 27,
3221 CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
3222 CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
Nemanja Ivanovicbb1ea2d2016-05-09 08:52:33 +00003223 CXType_Float128 = 30,
Joey Gouly6ea21852017-02-10 15:51:11 +00003224 CXType_Half = 31,
Sjoerd Meijercc623ad2017-09-08 15:15:00 +00003225 CXType_Float16 = 32,
Leonard Chanf921d852018-06-04 16:07:52 +00003226 CXType_ShortAccum = 33,
3227 CXType_Accum = 34,
3228 CXType_LongAccum = 35,
3229 CXType_UShortAccum = 36,
3230 CXType_UAccum = 37,
3231 CXType_ULongAccum = 38,
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003232 CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
Leonard Chanf921d852018-06-04 16:07:52 +00003233 CXType_LastBuiltin = CXType_ULongAccum,
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003234
3235 CXType_Complex = 100,
3236 CXType_Pointer = 101,
3237 CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
3238 CXType_LValueReference = 103,
3239 CXType_RValueReference = 104,
3240 CXType_Record = 105,
3241 CXType_Enum = 106,
3242 CXType_Typedef = 107,
3243 CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
Ted Kremenekc1508872010-06-21 20:15:39 +00003244 CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
3245 CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003246 CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003247 CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0661a712013-07-23 17:36:21 +00003248 CXType_Vector = 113,
3249 CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
3250 CXType_VariableArray = 115,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7a4253b2013-10-03 16:19:23 +00003251 CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
Sergey Kalinichevc0151202015-11-15 13:10:10 +00003252 CXType_MemberPointer = 117,
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003253 CXType_Auto = 118,
3254
3255 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003256 * Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003257 *
3258 * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
3259 */
Sven van Haastregtcc4f1e42017-05-23 10:36:43 +00003260 CXType_Elaborated = 119,
3261
3262 /* OpenCL PipeType. */
3263 CXType_Pipe = 120,
3264
3265 /* OpenCL builtin types. */
3266 CXType_OCLImage1dRO = 121,
3267 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRO = 122,
3268 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRO = 123,
3269 CXType_OCLImage2dRO = 124,
3270 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRO = 125,
3271 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRO = 126,
3272 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO = 127,
3273 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARO = 128,
3274 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO = 129,
3275 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO = 130,
3276 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO = 131,
3277 CXType_OCLImage3dRO = 132,
3278 CXType_OCLImage1dWO = 133,
3279 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayWO = 134,
3280 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferWO = 135,
3281 CXType_OCLImage2dWO = 136,
3282 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayWO = 137,
3283 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthWO = 138,
3284 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO = 139,
3285 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAAWO = 140,
3286 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO = 141,
3287 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO = 142,
3288 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO = 143,
3289 CXType_OCLImage3dWO = 144,
3290 CXType_OCLImage1dRW = 145,
3291 CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRW = 146,
3292 CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRW = 147,
3293 CXType_OCLImage2dRW = 148,
3294 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRW = 149,
3295 CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRW = 150,
3296 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW = 151,
3297 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARW = 152,
3298 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW = 153,
3299 CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW = 154,
3300 CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW = 155,
3301 CXType_OCLImage3dRW = 156,
3302 CXType_OCLSampler = 157,
3303 CXType_OCLEvent = 158,
3304 CXType_OCLQueue = 159,
Michael Wu9c852612018-08-03 03:03:20 +00003305 CXType_OCLReserveID = 160,
3306
Michael Wuced99b92018-08-03 04:02:40 +00003307 CXType_ObjCObject = 161,
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00003308 CXType_ObjCTypeParam = 162,
Andrew Savonichev3fee3512018-11-08 11:25:41 +00003309 CXType_Attributed = 163,
3310
3311 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload = 164,
3312 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload = 165,
3313 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload = 166,
3314 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload = 167,
3315 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult = 168,
3316 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult = 169,
3317 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult = 170,
3318 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult = 171,
3319 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout = 172,
3320 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout = 173,
3321 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin = 174,
3322
Sven van Haastregtc9945cc2019-04-17 09:08:50 +00003323 CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin = 175,
3324
3325 CXType_ExtVector = 176
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003326};
3327
3328/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003329 * Describes the calling convention of a function type
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003330 */
3331enum CXCallingConv {
3332 CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
3333 CXCallingConv_C = 1,
3334 CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
3335 CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
3336 CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
3337 CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
3338 CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
3339 CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
Erich Keane757d3172016-11-02 18:29:35 +00003340 CXCallingConv_X86RegCall = 8,
Guy Benyeif0a014b2012-12-25 08:53:55 +00003341 CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
Martin Storsjo022e7822017-07-17 20:49:45 +00003342 CXCallingConv_Win64 = 10,
Nikolai Bozhenovce25d412017-08-08 14:13:50 +00003343 /* Alias for compatibility with older versions of API. */
3344 CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = CXCallingConv_Win64,
Charles Davisb5a214e2013-08-30 04:39:01 +00003345 CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
Reid Klecknerd7857f02014-10-24 17:42:17 +00003346 CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
John McCall477f2bb2016-03-03 06:39:32 +00003347 CXCallingConv_Swift = 13,
Roman Levenstein35aa5ce2016-03-16 18:00:46 +00003348 CXCallingConv_PreserveMost = 14,
3349 CXCallingConv_PreserveAll = 15,
Sander de Smalen44a22532018-11-26 16:38:37 +00003350 CXCallingConv_AArch64VectorCall = 16,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003351
3352 CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
3353 CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
3354};
3355
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003356/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003357 * The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003358 *
3359 */
3360typedef struct {
3361 enum CXTypeKind kind;
3362 void *data[2];
3363} CXType;
3364
3365/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003366 * Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003367 */
3368CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
3369
3370/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003371 * Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
Dmitri Gribenko00353722013-02-15 21:15:49 +00003372 * language of the translation unit from which it came.
3373 *
3374 * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
3375 */
3376CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
3377
3378/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003379 * Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003380 *
3381 * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
3382 * returned.
3383 */
3384CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
3385
3386/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003387 * Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003388 *
3389 * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
3390 * returned.
3391 */
3392CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
3393
3394/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003395 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003396 * long long.
3397 *
3398 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is returned.
3399 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3400 * must be verified before calling this function.
3401 */
3402CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
3403
3404/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003405 * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003406 * long long.
3407 *
3408 * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is returned.
3409 * Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of the cursor
3410 * must be verified before calling this function.
3411 */
3412CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
3413
3414/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003415 * Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
Dmitri Gribenkob506ba12012-12-04 15:13:46 +00003416 *
3417 * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
3418 */
3419CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
3420
3421/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003422 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003423 * cursor.
3424 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb2792972013-04-01 17:38:59 +00003425 * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
3426 * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003427 */
3428CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
3429
3430/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003431 * Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003432 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb2792972013-04-01 17:38:59 +00003433 * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
3434 * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
3435 * invalid cursor is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003436 */
3437CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
3438
3439/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003440 * Describes the kind of a template argument.
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003441 *
3442 * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
3443 * element descriptions.
3444 */
3445enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
3446 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
3447 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
3448 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
3449 CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
3450 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
3451 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
3452 CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
3453 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
3454 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
3455 /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
3456 CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
3457};
3458
3459/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003460 *Returns the number of template args of a function decl representing a
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003461 * template specialization.
3462 *
3463 * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
3464 * declaration, -1 is returned.
3465 *
3466 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3467 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3468 * void foo() { ... }
3469 *
3470 * template <>
3471 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3472 *
3473 * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
3474 */
3475CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
3476
3477/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003478 * Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003479 *
3480 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, an invalid
3481 * template argument kind is returned.
3482 *
3483 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3484 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3485 * void foo() { ... }
3486 *
3487 * template <>
3488 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3489 *
3490 * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
3491 * respectively.
3492 */
3493CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(
3494 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3495
3496/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003497 * Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003498 * function decl representing a template specialization.
3499 *
3500 * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl whose I'th
3501 * template argument has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type
3502 * is returned.
3503 *
3504 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3505 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3506 * void foo() { ... }
3507 *
3508 * template <>
3509 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3510 *
3511 * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
3512 * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
3513 */
3514CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
3515 unsigned I);
3516
3517/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003518 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003519 * decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
3520 *
3521 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3522 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3523 *
3524 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3525 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3526 * void foo() { ... }
3527 *
3528 * template <>
3529 * void foo<float, -7, true>();
3530 *
3531 * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3532 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3533 */
3534CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3535 unsigned I);
3536
3537/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003538 * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
Eli Benderskyc27a0c42014-10-10 20:01:05 +00003539 * decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3540 *
3541 * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3542 * FunctionDecl or whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3543 *
3544 * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3545 * template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3546 * void foo() { ... }
3547 *
3548 * template <>
3549 * void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3550 *
3551 * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3552 * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3553 */
3554CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(
3555 CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3556
3557/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003558 * Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003559 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003560 * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3561 * zero otherwise.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003562 */
3563CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3564
3565/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003566 * Return the canonical type for a CXType.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003567 *
3568 * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3569 * a specific type can be represented. The canonical type is the underlying
3570 * type with all the "sugar" removed. For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3571 * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3572 */
3573CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3574
3575/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003576 * Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003577 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3578 * different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003579 */
3580CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3581
3582/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003583 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003584 * function like.
3585 */
3586CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C);
3587
3588/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003589 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a macro, is a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003590 * builtin one.
3591 */
3592CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C);
3593
3594/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003595 * Determine whether a CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003596 * inline declaration.
3597 */
3598CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C);
3599
3600/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003601 * Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003602 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3603 * a different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003604 */
3605CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3606
3607/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003608 * Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003609 * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3610 * different level.
Douglas Gregor56a63802011-01-27 16:27:11 +00003611 */
3612CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3613
3614/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003615 * Returns the address space of the given type.
Sven van Haastregte8910422017-06-08 14:22:04 +00003616 */
3617CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getAddressSpace(CXType T);
3618
3619/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003620 * Returns the typedef name of the given type.
Sven van Haastregte8910422017-06-08 14:22:04 +00003621 */
3622CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypedefName(CXType CT);
3623
3624/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003625 * For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003626 */
3627CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3628
3629/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003630 * Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003631 */
3632CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3633
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003634/**
3635 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3636 */
3637CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003638
3639/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003640 * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3641 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003642CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00003643
3644/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003645 * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00003646 */
3647CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3648
3649/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003650 * Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003651 *
3652 * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3653 */
3654CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3655
3656/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003657 * Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003658 *
3659 * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
Ted Kremenekc1508872010-06-21 20:15:39 +00003660 */
3661CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3662
3663/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003664 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
Richard Smitheedb0c92018-05-11 19:46:31 +00003665 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +00003666 *
3667 * If a non-function type is passed in, an error code of -1 is returned.
3668 */
3669CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getExceptionSpecificationType(CXType T);
3670
3671/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003672 * Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003673 * function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003674 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003675 * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003676 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c27e4b2012-04-11 19:32:19 +00003677CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003678
3679/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003680 * Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003681 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00003682 * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3683 * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003684 */
3685CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3686
3687/**
Michael Wu9c852612018-08-03 03:03:20 +00003688 * Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
3689 *
3690 * If the type is not an ObjC object, an invalid type is returned.
3691 */
3692CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCObjectBaseType(CXType T);
3693
3694/**
3695 * Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
3696 *
3697 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3698 */
3699CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCProtocolRefs(CXType T);
3700
3701/**
3702 * Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
3703 *
3704 * If the type is not an ObjC object or there are not enough protocol
3705 * references, an invalid cursor is returned.
3706 */
3707CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Type_getObjCProtocolDecl(CXType T, unsigned i);
3708
3709/**
3710 * Retreive the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
3711 *
3712 * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3713 */
3714CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCTypeArgs(CXType T);
3715
3716/**
3717 * Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
3718 *
3719 * If the type is not an ObjC or the index is not valid,
3720 * an invalid type is returned.
3721 */
3722CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCTypeArg(CXType T, unsigned i);
3723
3724/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003725 * Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003726 */
3727CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3728
3729/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003730 * Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003731 *
3732 * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
Ted Kremenekc62ab8d2010-06-21 20:48:56 +00003733 */
3734CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3735
3736/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003737 * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
Richard Smitheedb0c92018-05-11 19:46:31 +00003738 * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
Jonathan Coe0a5b03b2017-06-27 22:54:56 +00003739 *
3740 * This only returns a valid result if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3741 */
3742CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorExceptionSpecificationType(CXCursor C);
3743
3744/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003745 * Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
Ted Kremenek0c7476a2010-07-30 00:14:11 +00003746 * otherwise.
3747 */
3748CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3749
3750/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003751 * Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003752 *
3753 * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3754 * an invalid type is returned.
3755 */
3756CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3757
3758/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003759 * Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis66f433a2011-12-06 22:05:01 +00003760 *
3761 * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3762 * -1 is returned.
3763 */
3764CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3765
3766/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003767 * Return the element type of an array type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003768 *
3769 * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3770 */
3771CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3772
3773/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003774 * Return the array size of a constant array.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b0cf602011-09-27 17:44:34 +00003775 *
3776 * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3777 */
3778CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3779
3780/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003781 * Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
Sergey Kalinichev69770ae2016-05-03 06:58:29 +00003782 *
3783 * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3784 */
3785CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T);
3786
3787/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003788 * Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3b25c912017-03-21 16:56:02 +00003789 *
3790 * A typedef is considered 'transparent' if it shares a name and spelling
3791 * location with its underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro.
3792 *
3793 * \returns non-zero if transparent and zero otherwise.
3794 */
3795CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_isTransparentTagTypedef(CXType T);
3796
Michael Wu7649e622018-08-03 04:38:04 +00003797enum CXTypeNullabilityKind {
3798 /**
3799 * Values of this type can never be null.
3800 */
3801 CXTypeNullability_NonNull = 0,
3802 /**
3803 * Values of this type can be null.
3804 */
3805 CXTypeNullability_Nullable = 1,
3806 /**
3807 * Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly)
3808 * unspecified. This captures a (fairly rare) case where we
3809 * can't conclude anything about the nullability of the type even
3810 * though it has been considered.
3811 */
3812 CXTypeNullability_Unspecified = 2,
3813 /**
3814 * Nullability is not applicable to this type.
3815 */
3816 CXTypeNullability_Invalid = 3
3817};
3818
3819/**
3820 * Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
3821 */
3822CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTypeNullabilityKind clang_Type_getNullability(CXType T);
3823
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3b25c912017-03-21 16:56:02 +00003824/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003825 * List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003826 * \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3827 * \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3828 *
3829 * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3830 * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3831 */
3832enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3833 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003834 * Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003835 */
3836 CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3837 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003838 * The type is an incomplete Type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003839 */
3840 CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3841 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003842 * The type is a dependent Type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003843 */
3844 CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3845 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003846 * The type is not a constant size type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003847 */
3848 CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3849 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003850 * The Field name is not valid for this record.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003851 */
Emilio Cobos Alvarez0d76dc22019-02-26 15:04:18 +00003852 CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5,
3853 /**
3854 * The type is undeduced.
3855 */
3856 CXTypeLayoutError_Undeduced = -6
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003857};
3858
3859/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003860 * Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003861 * standard.
3862 *
3863 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3864 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3865 * is returned.
3866 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3867 * returned.
3868 * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3869 * CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3870 */
3871CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3872
3873/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003874 * Return the class type of an member pointer type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7a4253b2013-10-03 16:19:23 +00003875 *
3876 * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3877 */
3878CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3879
3880/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003881 * Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003882 *
3883 * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3884 * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3885 * is returned.
3886 * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3887 * returned.
3888 */
3889CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3890
3891/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003892 * Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003893 * as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3894 *
3895 * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3896 * is returned.
3897 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3898 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3899 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3900 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3901 * If the field's name S is not found,
3902 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3903 */
3904CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3905
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003906/**
Michael Wu153085d2018-08-03 04:21:25 +00003907 * Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
3908 *
3909 * If the type is not an attributed type, an invalid type is returned.
3910 */
3911CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getModifiedType(CXType T);
3912
3913/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003914 * Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003915 *
3916 * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3917 * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3918 * CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3919 * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3920 * CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3921 * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3922 * CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3923 * If the field's name S is not found,
3924 * CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3925 */
3926CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C);
3927
3928/**
Ivan Donchevskii50be5732019-04-29 13:44:07 +00003929 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous
3930 * tag or namespace
3931 */
3932CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C);
3933
3934/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003935 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003936 * declaration.
3937 */
Ivan Donchevskii50be5732019-04-29 13:44:07 +00003938CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymousRecordDecl(CXCursor C);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00003939
Nikolai Kosjarcfe1ab92019-05-10 13:58:34 +00003940/**
3941 * Determine whether the given cursor represents an inline namespace
3942 * declaration.
3943 */
3944CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isInlineNamespace(CXCursor C);
3945
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003946enum CXRefQualifierKind {
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003947 /** No ref-qualifier was provided. */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003948 CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003949 /** An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003950 CXRefQualifier_LValue,
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003951 /** An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003952 CXRefQualifier_RValue
3953};
3954
3955/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003956 * Returns the number of template arguments for given template
Argyrios Kyrtzidis35f5aab2016-11-15 20:51:46 +00003957 * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a template specialization.
Dmitri Gribenko6ede6ab2014-02-27 16:05:05 +00003958 */
3959CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3960
3961/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003962 * Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
Dmitri Gribenko6ede6ab2014-02-27 16:05:05 +00003963 * at given index.
3964 *
3965 * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3966 * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3967 */
3968CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3969
3970/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003971 * Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisadff3ae2013-10-11 19:58:38 +00003972 *
3973 * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3974 * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3975 */
3976CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3977
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003978/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003979 * Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
Argyrios Kyrtzidise822f582013-04-11 01:20:11 +00003980 * bitfield.
3981 */
3982CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3983
3984/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003985 * Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003986 * CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3987 */
3988CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00003989
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003990/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00003991 * Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00003992 * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3993 */
3994enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3995 CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3996 CX_CXXPublic,
3997 CX_CXXProtected,
3998 CX_CXXPrivate
3999};
4000
4001/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004002 * Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf6464082013-04-11 17:31:13 +00004003 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1ab09cc2013-04-11 17:02:10 +00004004 * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within its
4005 * parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base specifier or
4006 * access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
Ted Kremenekae9e2212010-08-27 21:34:58 +00004007 */
4008CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
4009
4010/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004011 * Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
Chad Rosierdb1cc7f2014-12-05 15:50:44 +00004012 * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4e0854f2014-10-15 17:05:31 +00004013 */
4014enum CX_StorageClass {
4015 CX_SC_Invalid,
4016 CX_SC_None,
4017 CX_SC_Extern,
4018 CX_SC_Static,
4019 CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
4020 CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
4021 CX_SC_Auto,
4022 CX_SC_Register
4023};
4024
4025/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004026 * Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4e0854f2014-10-15 17:05:31 +00004027 *
4028 * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
4029 * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
4030 */
4031CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
4032
4033/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004034 * Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00004035 * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
4036 *
4037 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
4038 *
4039 * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
4040 * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
4041 */
4042CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
4043
4044/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004045 * Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00004046 * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
4047 *
4048 * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
4049 *
4050 * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
4051 * the cursor.
4052 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004053 * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
4054 * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00004055 * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
4056 * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
4057 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004058CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00004059 unsigned index);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004060
Douglas Gregor16a2bdd2010-09-13 22:52:57 +00004061/**
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00004062 * @}
4063 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004064
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004065/**
Ted Kremenek2c2c5f32010-08-27 21:34:51 +00004066 * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004067 *
4068 * @{
4069 */
4070
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004071/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004072 * For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
Ted Kremeneka5940822010-08-26 01:42:22 +00004073 * this function returns the collection element type.
4074 *
4075 */
4076CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
4077
4078/**
4079 * @}
4080 */
Ted Kremenek6bca9842010-05-14 21:29:26 +00004081
4082/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004083 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
4084 *
4085 * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
4086 * using cursors.
4087 *
4088 * @{
4089 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004090
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004091/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004092 * Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004093 * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
4094 *
4095 * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
4096 * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
4097 */
4098enum CXChildVisitResult {
4099 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004100 * Terminates the cursor traversal.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004101 */
4102 CXChildVisit_Break,
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004103 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004104 * Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004105 * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
4106 */
4107 CXChildVisit_Continue,
4108 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004109 * Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004110 * the same visitor and client data.
4111 */
4112 CXChildVisit_Recurse
4113};
4114
4115/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004116 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004117 *
4118 * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
4119 * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4120 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
4121 * and its third argument is the client data provided to
4122 * clang_visitCursorChildren().
4123 *
4124 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4125 * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
4126 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004127typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
4128 CXCursor parent,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004129 CXClientData client_data);
4130
4131/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004132 * Visit the children of a particular cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004133 *
4134 * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
4135 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
4136 * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
4137 * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
4138 * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4139 *
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004140 * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
Daniel Dunbarb9999fd2010-01-24 04:10:31 +00004141 * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004142 * definition, have no children).
4143 *
4144 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
4145 * child of \p parent.
4146 *
4147 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
4148 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
4149 *
4150 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
4151 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
4152 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004153CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004154 CXCursorVisitor visitor,
4155 CXClientData client_data);
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004156#ifdef __has_feature
4157# if __has_feature(blocks)
4158/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004159 * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004160 *
4161 * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
4162 * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
4163 * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
4164 *
4165 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
4166 * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
4167 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004168typedef enum CXChildVisitResult
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004169 (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent);
4170
4171/**
4172 * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block. Behaves
4173 * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
4174 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa0a35d72016-02-07 18:21:28 +00004175CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent,
4176 CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
David Chisnallb2aa0ef2010-11-03 14:12:26 +00004177# endif
4178#endif
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004179
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004180/**
4181 * @}
4182 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004183
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004184/**
4185 * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
4186 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004187 * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004188 * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
4189 * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
4190 * and associate declarations with their definitions.
4191 *
4192 * @{
4193 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004194
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004195/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004196 * Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004197 * by the given cursor.
4198 *
4199 * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
4200 * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
4201 * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
4202 * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
4203 */
4204CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
4205
4206/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004207 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004208 */
4209CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
4210
4211/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004212 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004213 */
4214CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
Ted Kremenekbc1a67b2010-03-15 17:38:58 +00004215 clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(const char *class_name,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004216 const char *category_name);
4217
4218/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004219 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004220 */
4221CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4222 clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
4223
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004224/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004225 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004226 * the USR for its containing class.
4227 */
4228CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
4229 CXString classUSR);
4230
4231/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004232 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004233 * the USR for its containing class.
4234 */
4235CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
4236 unsigned isInstanceMethod,
4237 CXString classUSR);
4238
4239/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004240 * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004241 * for its containing class.
4242 */
4243CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
4244 CXString classUSR);
4245
4246/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004247 * Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004248 */
4249CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
4250
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004251/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004252 * Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004253 * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004254 * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
4255 * pieces for each selector identifier.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004256 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004257 * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
4258 * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004259 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis191a6a82012-03-30 20:58:35 +00004260 * \param options Reserved.
4261 */
4262CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor,
4263 unsigned pieceIndex,
4264 unsigned options);
4265
4266/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004267 * Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004268 * for \c clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
4269 */
4270typedef void *CXPrintingPolicy;
4271
4272/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004273 * Properties for the printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004274 *
4275 * See \c clang::PrintingPolicy for more information.
4276 */
4277enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty {
4278 CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation,
4279 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers,
4280 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword,
4281 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition,
4282 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope,
4283 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope,
4284 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers,
4285 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten,
4286 CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations,
4287 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime,
4288 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers,
4289 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors,
4290 CXPrintingPolicy_Bool,
4291 CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict,
4292 CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof,
4293 CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof,
4294 CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams,
4295 CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput,
4296 CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration,
4297 CXPrintingPolicy_Half,
4298 CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar,
4299 CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines,
4300 CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting,
4301 CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten,
4302 CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase,
4303 CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName,
4304
4305 CXPrintingPolicy_LastProperty = CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName
4306};
4307
4308/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004309 * Get a property value for the given printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004310 */
Ivan Donchevskii4cab0fe2018-01-16 12:11:59 +00004311CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004312clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4313 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property);
4314
4315/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004316 * Set a property value for the given printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004317 */
Ivan Donchevskii4cab0fe2018-01-16 12:11:59 +00004318CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
4319 enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
4320 unsigned Value);
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004321
4322/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004323 * Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004324 *
4325 * The policy should be released after use with \c
4326 * clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose.
4327 */
4328CINDEX_LINKAGE CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor);
4329
4330/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004331 * Release a printing policy.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004332 */
4333CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4334
4335/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004336 * Pretty print declarations.
Jonathan Coe45ef5032018-01-16 10:19:56 +00004337 *
4338 * \param Cursor The cursor representing a declaration.
4339 *
4340 * \param Policy The policy to control the entities being printed. If
4341 * NULL, a default policy is used.
4342 *
4343 * \returns The pretty printed declaration or the empty string for
4344 * other cursors.
4345 */
4346CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor Cursor,
4347 CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
4348
4349/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004350 * Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004351 *
4352 * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004353 * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
Douglas Gregor97c75712010-10-02 22:49:11 +00004354 * class template specialization.
4355 */
4356CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004357
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004358/** For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004359 * entity that it references.
4360 *
4361 * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
4362 * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004363 * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004364 * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
4365 * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004366 * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
Douglas Gregorad27e8b2010-01-19 01:20:04 +00004367 */
4368CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004369
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004370/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004371 * For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004372 * of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
4373 * that entity.
4374 *
4375 * Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
4376 * unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
4377 * definition. For example, given:
4378 *
4379 * \code
4380 * int f(int, int);
4381 * int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
4382 * int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
4383 * int f(int, int);
4384 * \endcode
4385 *
4386 * there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
4387 * second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
4388 * function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
4389 * (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
4390 * that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
4391 * declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
4392 * declaration).
4393 *
4394 * If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
4395 * e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
4396 * translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
4397 */
4398CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4399
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00004400/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004401 * Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
Douglas Gregor6b8232f2010-01-19 19:34:47 +00004402 * is also a definition of that entity.
4403 */
4404CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
4405
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00004406/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004407 * Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004408 *
4409 * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
4410 * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
4411 * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
4412 *
4413 * \code
4414 * struct X;
4415 * struct X;
4416 * struct X {
4417 * int member;
4418 * };
4419 * \endcode
4420 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004421 * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
4422 * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004423 * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004424 * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004425 * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
4426 * comparing their canonical cursors.
4427 *
4428 * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
4429 */
4430CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
4431
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004432/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004433 * If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004434 * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004435 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00004436 * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004437 * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
4438 *
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004439 * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
Argyrios Kyrtzidis210f29f2012-03-30 22:15:48 +00004440 * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
4441 * otherwise.
4442 */
4443CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
4444
Douglas Gregorfec4dc92010-11-19 23:44:15 +00004445/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004446 * Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004447 * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004448 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb6df68212012-07-02 23:54:36 +00004449 * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004450 * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
4451 * or a specific class.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004452 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb6df68212012-07-02 23:54:36 +00004453 * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
4454 * method/message, it will return zero.
4455 */
4456CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
4457
4458/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004459 * Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2a684862017-04-27 17:23:04 +00004460 * reference, or C++ method call, returns the CXType of the receiver.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb26a24c2012-11-01 02:01:34 +00004461 */
4462CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
4463
4464/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004465 * Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004466 */
4467typedef enum {
4468 CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr = 0x00,
4469 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly = 0x01,
4470 CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter = 0x02,
4471 CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign = 0x04,
4472 CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
4473 CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain = 0x10,
4474 CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy = 0x20,
4475 CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
4476 CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter = 0x80,
4477 CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic = 0x100,
4478 CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak = 0x200,
4479 CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong = 0x400,
Manman Ren04fd4d82016-05-31 23:22:04 +00004480 CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
Manman Ren400e4c32016-06-03 23:11:41 +00004481 CXObjCPropertyAttr_class = 0x1000
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004482} CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
4483
4484/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004485 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9adfd8a2013-04-18 22:15:49 +00004486 * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
4487 * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
4488 *
4489 * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
4490 */
4491CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C,
4492 unsigned reserved);
4493
4494/**
Michael Wu6e88f532018-08-03 05:38:29 +00004495 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4496 * name of the method that implements the getter.
4497 */
4498CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyGetterName(CXCursor C);
4499
4500/**
4501 * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4502 * name of the method that implements the setter, if any.
4503 */
4504CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertySetterName(CXCursor C);
4505
4506/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004507 * 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004508 * Objective-C method declarations.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d9bc012013-04-18 23:29:12 +00004509 */
4510typedef enum {
4511 CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
4512 CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
4513 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
4514 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
4515 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
4516 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
4517 CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
4518} CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
4519
4520/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004521 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004522 * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
4523 * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
4524 * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9d9bc012013-04-18 23:29:12 +00004525 */
4526CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
4527
4528/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004529 * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
Alex Lorenz6c2898a2017-04-06 14:03:25 +00004530 * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "\@optional".
4531 * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "\@required".
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b50fc52013-07-05 20:44:37 +00004532 */
4533CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
4534
4535/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004536 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis23814e42013-04-18 23:53:05 +00004537 */
4538CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
4539
4540/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004541 * Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0381cc72017-05-10 15:10:36 +00004542 * external_source_symbol attribute.
4543 *
4544 * \param language If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4545 * the 'language' string from the attribute.
4546 *
4547 * \param definedIn If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4548 * the 'definedIn' string from the attribute.
4549 *
4550 * \param isGenerated If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b337c02017-05-10 15:48:16 +00004551 * non-zero if the 'generated_declaration' is set in the attribute.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0381cc72017-05-10 15:10:36 +00004552 */
4553CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C,
4554 CXString *language, CXString *definedIn,
4555 unsigned *isGenerated);
4556
4557/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004558 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +00004559 * comment's source range. The range may include multiple consecutive comments
4560 * with whitespace in between.
4561 */
4562CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
4563
4564/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004565 * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +00004566 * comment text, including comment markers.
4567 */
4568CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
4569
4570/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004571 * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
4572 * declaration), return the associated \paragraph; otherwise return the
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004573 * first paragraph.
Dmitri Gribenko5188c4b2012-06-26 20:39:18 +00004574 */
4575CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
4576
4577/**
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004578 * @}
4579 */
4580
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004581/** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4582 *
4583 * @{
4584 */
4585
4586/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004587 * Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004588 */
4589CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
4590
4591/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004592 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
Saleem Abdulrasool60034432015-11-12 03:57:22 +00004593 * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4594 */
4595CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor);
4596
4597/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004598 * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC
Dave Lee1a532c92017-09-22 16:58:57 +00004599 * class interface or implementation at the cursor.
4600 */
4601CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor);
4602
4603/**
Eli Bendersky44a206f2014-07-31 18:04:56 +00004604 * @}
4605 */
4606
Dmitri Gribenko5e4fe002012-07-20 21:34:34 +00004607/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004608 * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4609 *
4610 * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4611 *
4612 * @{
4613 */
4614
4615typedef void *CXModule;
4616
4617/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004618 * Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004619 */
4620CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
4621
4622/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004623 * Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf6d49c32014-05-14 23:14:37 +00004624 * exists.
4625 */
4626CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
4627
4628/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004629 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004630 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis12fdb9e2013-04-26 22:47:49 +00004631 * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4632 */
4633CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
4634
4635/**
4636 * \param Module a module object.
4637 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004638 * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4639 * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4640 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004641CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004642
4643/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004644 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004645 *
4646 * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4647 * will return "vector".
4648 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004649CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004650
4651/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004652 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004653 *
4654 * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4655 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004656CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004657
4658/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004659 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004660 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis884337f2014-05-15 04:44:25 +00004661 * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4662 */
4663CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
4664
4665/**
4666 * \param Module a module object.
4667 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004668 * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4669 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3c5305c2013-03-13 21:13:43 +00004670CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
4671 CXModule Module);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004672
4673/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004674 * \param Module a module object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004675 *
4676 * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4677 *
4678 * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4679 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisba30d922012-10-06 01:18:38 +00004680CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3c5305c2013-03-13 21:13:43 +00004681CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit,
4682 CXModule Module, unsigned Index);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2b9b5bb2012-10-05 00:22:37 +00004683
4684/**
4685 * @}
4686 */
4687
4688/**
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004689 * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4690 *
4691 * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4692 * to C++ language features.
4693 *
4694 * @{
4695 */
4696
4697/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004698 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004699 */
4700CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C);
4701
4702/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004703 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004704 */
4705CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C);
4706
4707/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004708 * Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004709 */
4710CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C);
4711
4712/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004713 * Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004714 */
4715CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C);
4716
4717/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004718 * Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
Saleem Abdulrasool6ea75db2015-10-27 15:50:22 +00004719 */
4720CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C);
4721
4722/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004723 * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
Jonathan Coe29565352016-04-27 12:48:25 +00004724 */
4725CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C);
4726
4727/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004728 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Dmitri Gribenko62770be2013-05-17 18:38:35 +00004729 * pure virtual.
4730 */
4731CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
4732
4733/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004734 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004735 * declared 'static'.
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004736 */
4737CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
4738
4739/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004740 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Douglas Gregor9519d922011-05-12 15:17:24 +00004741 * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4742 * one of the base classes.
4743 */
4744CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
4745
4746/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004747 * Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e. whether a class or struct
Alex Lorenz34ccadc2017-12-14 22:01:50 +00004748 * has a pure virtual member function.
4749 */
4750CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C);
4751
4752/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004753 * Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
Alex Lorenzff7f42e2017-07-12 11:35:11 +00004754 */
4755CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C);
4756
4757/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004758 * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
Dmitri Gribenkoe570ede2014-04-07 14:59:13 +00004759 * declared 'const'.
4760 */
4761CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
4762
4763/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004764 * Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004765 * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4766 * the template.
4767 *
4768 * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4769 * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4770 * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4771 * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4772 *
4773 * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4774 * declaration.
4775 *
4776 * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4777 * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4778 * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4779 */
4780CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004781
Douglas Gregorf11309e2010-08-31 22:12:17 +00004782/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004783 * Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004784 * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4785 * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4786 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004787 * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004788 * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4789 * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004790 * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004791 * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4792 * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4793 * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4794 * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4795 * this routine will return the specialized template.
4796 *
4797 * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004798 * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004799 * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4800 * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4801 * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4802 *
4803 * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4804 * of a template.
4805 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004806 * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004807 * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4808 * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4809 */
4810CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004811
4812/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004813 * Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004814 * covering that reference.
4815 *
4816 * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4817 * an operator call.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004818 * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004819 * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4820 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004821 * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4822 * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004823 * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
Benjamin Kramer474261a2012-06-02 10:20:41 +00004824 * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004825 * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4826 *
4827 * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4828 * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4829 */
Francois Pichetece689f2011-07-25 22:00:44 +00004830CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004831 unsigned NameFlags,
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004832 unsigned PieceIndex);
4833
4834enum CXNameRefFlags {
4835 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004836 * Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004837 * range.
4838 */
4839 CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004840
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004841 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004842 * Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00004843 * in the range.
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004844 */
4845 CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4846
4847 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004848 * If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004849 *
4850 * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4851 * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4852 * \code
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00004853 * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
Douglas Gregorc1679ec2011-07-25 17:48:11 +00004854 * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4855 * \endcode
4856 */
4857 CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4858};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00004859
Douglas Gregord3f48bd2010-09-02 00:07:54 +00004860/**
Ted Kremenek9cfe9e62010-05-17 20:06:56 +00004861 * @}
4862 */
4863
4864/**
Douglas Gregor61656112010-01-26 18:31:56 +00004865 * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4866 *
4867 * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4868 * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4869 * their corresponding cursors.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004870 *
4871 * @{
4872 */
4873
4874/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004875 * Describes a kind of token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004876 */
4877typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4878 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004879 * A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004880 */
4881 CXToken_Punctuation,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004882
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004883 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004884 * A language keyword.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004885 */
4886 CXToken_Keyword,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004887
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004888 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004889 * An identifier (that is not a keyword).
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004890 */
4891 CXToken_Identifier,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004892
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004893 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004894 * A numeric, string, or character literal.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004895 */
4896 CXToken_Literal,
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004897
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004898 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004899 * A comment.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004900 */
4901 CXToken_Comment
4902} CXTokenKind;
4903
4904/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004905 * Describes a single preprocessing token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004906 */
4907typedef struct {
4908 unsigned int_data[4];
4909 void *ptr_data;
4910} CXToken;
4911
4912/**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00004913 * Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
4914 *
4915 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4916 *
4917 * \param Location the source location with which the token starts.
4918 *
4919 * \returns The token starting with the given location or NULL if no such token
4920 * exist. The returned pointer must be freed with clang_disposeTokens before the
4921 * translation unit is destroyed.
4922 */
4923CINDEX_LINKAGE CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4924 CXSourceLocation Location);
4925
4926/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004927 * Determine the kind of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004928 */
4929CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004930
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004931/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004932 * Determine the spelling of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004933 *
4934 * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4935 * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4936 */
4937CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004938
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004939/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004940 * Retrieve the source location of the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004941 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004942CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004943 CXToken);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004944
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004945/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004946 * Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004947 */
4948CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4949
4950/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004951 * Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004952 * lexical tokens.
4953 *
4954 * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4955 *
4956 * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4957 * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4958 *
4959 * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4960 * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4961 * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4962 *
4963 * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4964 * array.
4965 *
4966 */
4967CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4968 CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00004969
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004970/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00004971 * Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004972 * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4973 *
Douglas Gregor61656112010-01-26 18:31:56 +00004974 * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4975 * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4976 * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4977 * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4978 * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4979 * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4980 *
4981 * * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4982 * * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4983 * * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4984 *
4985 * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4986 * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4987 * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4988 * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4989 * not provided as an annotation.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00004990 *
4991 * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4992 *
4993 * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4994 *
4995 * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4996 *
4997 * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4998 * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4999 */
5000CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5001 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens,
5002 CXCursor *Cursors);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005003
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00005004/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005005 * Free the given set of tokens.
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00005006 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005007CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU,
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00005008 CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens);
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005009
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00005010/**
5011 * @}
5012 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005013
Douglas Gregor27b4fa92010-01-26 17:06:03 +00005014/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00005015 * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
5016 *
5017 * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
5018 * be relied upon.
5019 *
5020 * @{
5021 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005022
Steve Naroff76b8f132009-09-23 17:52:52 +00005023/* for debug/testing */
Ted Kremenek29004672010-02-17 00:41:32 +00005024CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005025CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(CXCursor,
5026 const char **startBuf,
Steve Naroff76b8f132009-09-23 17:52:52 +00005027 const char **endBuf,
5028 unsigned *startLine,
5029 unsigned *startColumn,
5030 unsigned *endLine,
5031 unsigned *endColumn);
Douglas Gregor1e21cc72010-02-18 23:07:20 +00005032CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
Daniel Dunbar23420652010-11-04 01:26:29 +00005033CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void*), void *user_data,
5034 unsigned stack_size);
5035
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005036/**
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00005037 * @}
5038 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005039
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00005040/**
5041 * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
5042 *
5043 * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
5044 * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
5045 * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
5046 * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
5047 * routines provide support for code completion.
5048 *
5049 * @{
5050 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005051
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00005052/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005053 * A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005054 *
5055 * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
5056 * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
5057 * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
5058 * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
5059 * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
5060 * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
5061 * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
5062 * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005063 * description of the different kinds of chunks.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005064 */
5065typedef void *CXCompletionString;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005066
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005067/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005068 * A single result of code completion.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005069 */
5070typedef struct {
5071 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005072 * The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005073 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005074 * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005075 * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
5076 * referring to.
5077 *
5078 * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
5079 * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
5080 */
5081 enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005082
5083 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005084 * The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005085 * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
5086 */
5087 CXCompletionString CompletionString;
5088} CXCompletionResult;
5089
5090/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005091 * Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005092 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005093 * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
5094 * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005095 * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
5096 */
5097enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
5098 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005099 * A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005100 * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
5101 *
5102 * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005103 * string for its representation, which is accessible via
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005104 * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
5105 * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
5106 * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
5107 * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
5108 *
5109 * \code
5110 * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
5111 * \endcode
5112 *
5113 * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
5114 * - a TypedText chunk for "f".
5115 * - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
5116 * - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
5117 * - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
5118 * - a Comma chunk for ","
Daniel Dunbar4053fae2010-02-17 08:07:44 +00005119 * - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005120 * - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
5121 * - a Comma chunk for ","
5122 * - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
5123 * - a RightParen chunk for ")"
5124 *
Daniel Dunbar4053fae2010-02-17 08:07:44 +00005125 * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005126 * - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5127 * function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
5128 * - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
5129 * function "f" would have all of the parameters.
5130 */
5131 CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
5132 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005133 * Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005134 * code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005135 *
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005136 * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
5137 * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005138 * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
5139 * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
5140 * chunk.
5141 */
5142 CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
5143 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005144 * Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005145 *
5146 * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
5147 * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
5148 * be selected.
5149 */
5150 CXCompletionChunk_Text,
5151 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005152 * Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005153 *
5154 * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
5155 * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
5156 * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
5157 * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
5158 * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
5159 * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
5160 */
5161 CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
5162 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005163 * Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005164 * part of the template.
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005165 *
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005166 * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
5167 * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
5168 * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
5169 * by code completion.
5170 */
5171 CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
5172 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005173 * Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005174 * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
5175 *
5176 * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
5177 * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
5178 * code-completion point. For example, given a function
5179 *
5180 * \code
5181 * int add(int x, int y);
5182 * \endcode
5183 *
5184 * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
5185 * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
5186 * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
5187 * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005188 * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
Alexander Kornienko2a8c18d2018-04-06 15:14:32 +00005189 * "current parameter" chunk to "int y".
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005190 */
5191 CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
5192 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005193 * A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005194 * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
5195 */
5196 CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
5197 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005198 * A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005199 * signal the end of a function parameter list.
5200 */
5201 CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
5202 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005203 * A left bracket ('[').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005204 */
5205 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
5206 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005207 * A right bracket (']').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005208 */
5209 CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
5210 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005211 * A left brace ('{').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005212 */
5213 CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
5214 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005215 * A right brace ('}').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005216 */
5217 CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
5218 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005219 * A left angle bracket ('<').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005220 */
5221 CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
5222 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005223 * A right angle bracket ('>').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005224 */
5225 CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
5226 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005227 * A comma separator (',').
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005228 */
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005229 CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
5230 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005231 * Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005232 *
5233 * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005234 * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
Douglas Gregorb3fa9192009-12-18 18:53:37 +00005235 * expression using the given completion string would have.
5236 */
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005237 CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
5238 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005239 * A colon (':').
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005240 */
5241 CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
5242 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005243 * A semicolon (';').
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005244 */
5245 CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
5246 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005247 * An '=' sign.
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005248 */
5249 CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
5250 /**
5251 * Horizontal space (' ').
5252 */
5253 CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
5254 /**
Alex Lorenz6c2898a2017-04-06 14:03:25 +00005255 * Vertical space ('\\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
Douglas Gregor504a6ae2010-01-10 23:08:15 +00005256 * perform indentation.
5257 */
5258 CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005259};
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005260
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005261/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005262 * Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005263 *
5264 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5265 *
5266 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5267 *
5268 * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
5269 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005270CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005271clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5272 unsigned chunk_number);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005273
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005274/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005275 * Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005276 * completion string.
5277 *
5278 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5279 *
5280 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5281 *
5282 * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
5283 */
Ted Kremenekf602f962010-02-17 01:42:24 +00005284CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005285clang_getCompletionChunkText(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5286 unsigned chunk_number);
5287
5288/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005289 * Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005290 * within a completion string.
5291 *
5292 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5293 *
5294 * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
5295 *
5296 * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005297 * \c chunk_number.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005298 */
5299CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5300clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5301 unsigned chunk_number);
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005302
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005303/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005304 * Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
Douglas Gregor9eb77012009-11-07 00:00:49 +00005305 */
5306CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5307clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5308
5309/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005310 * Determine the priority of this code completion.
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005311 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005312 * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005313 * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
5314 * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
5315 *
5316 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5317 *
5318 * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
5319 * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
5320 */
5321CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5322clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005323
Douglas Gregora2db7932010-05-26 22:00:08 +00005324/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005325 * Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00005326 * string refers to.
5327 *
5328 * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
5329 *
5330 * \returns The availability of the completion string.
5331 */
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005332CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
Douglas Gregorf757a122010-08-23 23:00:57 +00005333clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5334
5335/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005336 * Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005337 * completion string.
5338 *
5339 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5340 *
5341 * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
5342 * string.
5343 */
5344CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5345clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5346
5347/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005348 * Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
Erik Verbruggen98ea7f62011-10-14 15:31:08 +00005349 *
5350 * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
5351 *
5352 * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
5353 * completion string.
5354 *
5355 * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
5356 * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
5357 */
5358CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5359clang_getCompletionAnnotation(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5360 unsigned annotation_number);
5361
5362/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005363 * Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005364 *
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005365 * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005366 * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
5367 * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
5368 * or protocol as its context.
5369 *
5370 * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
5371 * being queried.
5372 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9ae39562012-09-26 16:39:56 +00005373 * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005374 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005375 * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005376 * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
5377 */
5378CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5379clang_getCompletionParent(CXCompletionString completion_string,
5380 enum CXCursorKind *kind);
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005381
5382/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005383 * Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005384 * that corresponds to the given completion string.
5385 */
5386CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
5387clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
5388
Douglas Gregor78254c82012-03-27 23:34:16 +00005389/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005390 * Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
Douglas Gregor3f35bb22011-08-04 20:04:59 +00005391 * definition cursor.
5392 *
5393 * \param cursor The cursor to query.
5394 *
5395 * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
5396 * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
5397 */
5398CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
5399clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005400
Douglas Gregor3f35bb22011-08-04 20:04:59 +00005401/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005402 * Contains the results of code-completion.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005403 *
5404 * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
Douglas Gregor6a9580282010-10-11 21:51:20 +00005405 * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005406 * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
5407 */
5408typedef struct {
5409 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005410 * The code-completion results.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005411 */
5412 CXCompletionResult *Results;
5413
5414 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005415 * The number of code-completion results stored in the
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005416 * \c Results array.
5417 */
5418 unsigned NumResults;
5419} CXCodeCompleteResults;
5420
5421/**
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00005422 * Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
5423 *
5424 * Calling this makes sense only if CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
5425 * option was set.
5426 *
5427 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5428 *
5429 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5430 *
5431 * \return The number of fix-its which must be applied before the completion at
5432 * completion_index can be applied
5433 */
5434CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5435clang_getCompletionNumFixIts(CXCodeCompleteResults *results,
5436 unsigned completion_index);
5437
5438/**
5439 * Fix-its that *must* be applied before inserting the text for the
5440 * corresponding completion.
5441 *
5442 * By default, clang_codeCompleteAt() only returns completions with empty
5443 * fix-its. Extra completions with non-empty fix-its should be explicitly
5444 * requested by setting CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts.
5445 *
5446 * For the clients to be able to compute position of the cursor after applying
5447 * fix-its, the following conditions are guaranteed to hold for
5448 * replacement_range of the stored fix-its:
5449 * - Ranges in the fix-its are guaranteed to never contain the completion
5450 * point (or identifier under completion point, if any) inside them, except
5451 * at the start or at the end of the range.
5452 * - If a fix-it range starts or ends with completion point (or starts or
5453 * ends after the identifier under completion point), it will contain at
5454 * least one character. It allows to unambiguously recompute completion
5455 * point after applying the fix-it.
5456 *
5457 * The intuition is that provided fix-its change code around the identifier we
5458 * complete, but are not allowed to touch the identifier itself or the
5459 * completion point. One example of completions with corrections are the ones
5460 * replacing '.' with '->' and vice versa:
5461 *
5462 * std::unique_ptr<std::vector<int>> vec_ptr;
5463 * In 'vec_ptr.^', one of the completions is 'push_back', it requires
5464 * replacing '.' with '->'.
5465 * In 'vec_ptr->^', one of the completions is 'release', it requires
5466 * replacing '->' with '.'.
5467 *
5468 * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5469 *
5470 * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5471 *
5472 * \param fixit_index The index of the fix-it for the completion at
5473 * completion_index
5474 *
5475 * \param replacement_range The fix-it range that must be replaced before the
5476 * completion at completion_index can be applied
5477 *
5478 * \returns The fix-it string that must replace the code at replacement_range
5479 * before the completion at completion_index can be applied
5480 */
5481CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionFixIt(
5482 CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index,
5483 unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range);
5484
5485/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005486 * Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005487 * modify its behavior.
5488 *
5489 * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
5490 * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5491 */
5492enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
5493 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005494 * Whether to include macros within the set of code
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005495 * completions returned.
5496 */
5497 CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
5498
5499 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005500 * Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005501 * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
5502 */
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005503 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
5504
5505 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005506 * Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
Dmitri Gribenko3292d062012-07-02 17:35:10 +00005507 * completions returned.
5508 */
Sam McCallbb2cf632018-01-12 14:51:47 +00005509 CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04,
5510
5511 /**
Sam McCallabdcc612018-01-24 17:50:20 +00005512 * Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities
5513 * defined in the preamble. There's no guarantee any particular entity is
5514 * omitted. This may be useful if the headers are indexed externally.
Sam McCallbb2cf632018-01-12 14:51:47 +00005515 */
Ivan Donchevskii3957e482018-06-13 12:37:08 +00005516 CXCodeComplete_SkipPreamble = 0x08,
5517
5518 /**
5519 * Whether to include completions with small
5520 * fix-its, e.g. change '.' to '->' on member access, etc.
5521 */
5522 CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts = 0x10
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005523};
5524
5525/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005526 * Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005527 *
5528 * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
5529 * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
5530 */
5531enum CXCompletionContext {
5532 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005533 * The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005534 * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
5535 */
5536 CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005537
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005538 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005539 * Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005540 */
5541 CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005542
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005543 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005544 * Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005545 * should be included in the results.
5546 */
5547 CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
5548 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005549 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005550 * be included in the results.
5551 */
5552 CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
5553 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005554 * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005555 * should be included in the results.
5556 */
5557 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
5558 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005559 * Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005560 * included in the results.
5561 */
5562 CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005563
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005564 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005565 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005566 * operator should be included in the results.
5567 */
5568 CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
5569 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005570 * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005571 * operator should be included in the results.
5572 */
5573 CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
5574 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005575 * Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005576 * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
5577 */
5578 CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005579
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005580 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005581 * Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005582 */
5583 CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
5584 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005585 * Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005586 */
5587 CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
5588 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005589 * Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005590 */
5591 CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005592
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005593 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005594 * Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005595 */
5596 CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
5597 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005598 * Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005599 * included in the results.
5600 */
5601 CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
5602 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005603 * Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005604 * the results.
5605 */
5606 CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005607
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005608 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005609 * Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005610 * in the results.
5611 */
5612 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
5613 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005614 * Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005615 * the results.
5616 */
5617 CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
5618 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005619 * Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005620 * the results.
5621 */
5622 CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
5623 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005624 * Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005625 * in the results.
5626 */
5627 CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
5628 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005629 * Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005630 * the results.
5631 */
5632 CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
5633 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005634 * Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005635 * the results.
5636 */
5637 CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005638
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005639 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005640 * Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005641 * the results.
5642 */
5643 CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005644
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005645 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005646 * Natural language completions should be included in the results.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005647 */
5648 CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005649
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005650 /**
Sam McCall3d8051a2018-09-18 08:40:41 +00005651 * #include file completions should be included in the results.
5652 */
5653 CXCompletionContext_IncludedFile = 1 << 22,
5654
5655 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005656 * The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005657 */
Sam McCall3d8051a2018-09-18 08:40:41 +00005658 CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 23) - 1)
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005659};
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005660
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005661/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005662 * Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005663 * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005664 */
5665CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
5666
5667/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005668 * Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005669 *
5670 * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
5671 * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
5672 * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
5673 * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
5674 * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
5675 * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
5676 * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
5677 * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
5678 * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
5679 * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
5680 *
5681 * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
5682 * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
5683 * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
5684 * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
Alexander Kornienko2a8c18d2018-04-06 15:14:32 +00005685 * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is after the ">",
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005686 * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
5687 * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5688 * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5689 * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5690 * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5691 * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5692 * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5693 * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5694 * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5695 * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5696 * have a lower latency.
5697 *
5698 * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5699 * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5700 * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5701 * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5702 * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5703 *
5704 * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5705 * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5706 * included in the translation unit.
5707 *
5708 * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5709 *
5710 * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5711 * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5712 * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5713 *
Vedant Kumarcbfe7bb2016-03-23 23:51:36 +00005714 * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005715 * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5716 * contents of those files. The contents and name of these files (as
5717 * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5718 * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5719 * this function returns.
5720 *
5721 * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5722 * unsaved_files.
5723 *
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005724 * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5725 * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005726 * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005727 * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5728 * of code-completion options.
5729 *
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005730 * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5731 * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5732 * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5733 * completion fails, returns NULL.
5734 */
5735CINDEX_LINKAGE
5736CXCodeCompleteResults *clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU,
5737 const char *complete_filename,
5738 unsigned complete_line,
5739 unsigned complete_column,
5740 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
Douglas Gregorb68bc592010-08-05 09:09:23 +00005741 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
5742 unsigned options);
Douglas Gregor8e984da2010-08-04 16:47:14 +00005743
5744/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005745 * Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
Douglas Gregor49f67ce2010-08-26 13:48:20 +00005746 * order.
5747 *
5748 * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5749 * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5750 */
5751CINDEX_LINKAGE
5752void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
5753 unsigned NumResults);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005754
Douglas Gregor49f67ce2010-08-26 13:48:20 +00005755/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005756 * Free the given set of code-completion results.
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005757 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005758CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregorf72b6ac2009-12-18 16:20:58 +00005759void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005760
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +00005761/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005762 * Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005763 * location where code completion was performed.
5764 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005765CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005766unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5767
5768/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005769 * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005770 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005771 * \param Results the code completion results to query.
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005772 * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5773 *
5774 * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5775 * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5776 */
Ted Kremenekd071c602010-03-13 02:50:34 +00005777CINDEX_LINKAGE
Douglas Gregor33cdd812010-02-18 18:08:43 +00005778CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5779 unsigned Index);
5780
5781/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005782 * Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005783 * the given code completion.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005784 *
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005785 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5786 *
5787 * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5788 * along with the given code completion results.
5789 */
5790CINDEX_LINKAGE
5791unsigned long long clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(
5792 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005793
5794/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005795 * Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005796 * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5797 * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5798 * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5799 * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5800 *
5801 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5802 *
5803 * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5804 * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5805 * information, this value will be true.
5806 *
5807 * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5808 * container
5809 */
5810CINDEX_LINKAGE
5811enum CXCursorKind clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(
5812 CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5813 unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5814
5815/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005816 * Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
Douglas Gregor63745d52011-07-21 01:05:26 +00005817 * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5818 * function will return the empty string.
5819 *
5820 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5821 *
5822 * \returns the USR for the container
5823 */
5824CINDEX_LINKAGE
5825CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
NAKAMURA Takumiaa13f942015-12-09 07:52:46 +00005826
Douglas Gregorea777402011-07-26 15:24:30 +00005827/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005828 * Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
Douglas Gregorea777402011-07-26 15:24:30 +00005829 * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5830 * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5831 * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5832 *
5833 * \param Results the code completion results to query
5834 *
5835 * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5836 * for an Objective-C message send.
5837 */
5838CINDEX_LINKAGE
5839CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005840
Douglas Gregor21325842011-07-07 16:03:39 +00005841/**
Douglas Gregor52606ff2010-01-20 01:10:47 +00005842 * @}
5843 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005844
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005845/**
5846 * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5847 *
5848 * @{
5849 */
Ted Kremenek3e315a22010-01-23 17:51:23 +00005850
5851/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005852 * Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
Ted Kremenek3e315a22010-01-23 17:51:23 +00005853 * intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5854 */
NAKAMURA Takumieacd6672013-01-10 02:12:38 +00005855CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005856
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005857/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005858 * Enable/disable crash recovery.
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005859 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005860 * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled. A non-zero
5861 * value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
Ted Kremenek1ec7b332011-03-18 23:05:39 +00005862 */
5863CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005864
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005865 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005866 * Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005867 * (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5868 *
5869 * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00005870 * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005871 * a translation unit. The first argument is the file being included, and
5872 * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack. The
5873 * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion. For example,
5874 * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5875 */
5876typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5877 CXSourceLocation* inclusion_stack,
5878 unsigned include_len,
5879 CXClientData client_data);
5880
5881/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005882 * Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005883 * The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
5884 * file. This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
5885 * is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
5886 */
5887CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
5888 CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
5889 CXClientData client_data);
5890
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005891typedef enum {
5892 CXEval_Int = 1 ,
5893 CXEval_Float = 2,
5894 CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral = 3,
5895 CXEval_StrLiteral = 4,
5896 CXEval_CFStr = 5,
5897 CXEval_Other = 6,
5898
5899 CXEval_UnExposed = 0
5900
5901} CXEvalResultKind ;
5902
5903/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005904 * Evaluation result of a cursor
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005905 */
5906typedef void * CXEvalResult;
5907
5908/**
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00005909 * If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005910 * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
5911 * into its corresponding type.
5912 */
5913CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C);
5914
5915/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005916 * Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005917 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005918CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005919
5920/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005921 * Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005922 * kind is Int.
5923 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005924CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005925
5926/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005927 * Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005928 * kind is Int. This prevents overflows that may happen if the result is
5929 * returned with clang_EvalResult_getAsInt.
5930 */
5931CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E);
5932
5933/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005934 * Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005935 * result resulted in an unsigned integer.
5936 */
5937CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E);
5938
5939/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005940 * Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5dda1122016-12-01 23:41:27 +00005941 * the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt is non-zero.
5942 */
5943CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E);
5944
5945/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005946 * Returns the evaluation result as double if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005947 * kind is double.
5948 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005949CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005950
5951/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005952 * Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005953 * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
5954 * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
5955 * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
5956 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005957CINDEX_LINKAGE const char* clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005958
5959/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005960 * Disposes the created Eval memory.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005961 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa851d7e2016-01-16 03:01:20 +00005962CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E);
Ted Kremenek0b86e3a2010-01-26 19:31:51 +00005963/**
Ted Kremenekc0f3f722010-01-22 22:44:15 +00005964 * @}
5965 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00005966
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005967/** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
5968 *
5969 * @{
5970 */
5971
5972/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005973 * A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005974 */
5975typedef void *CXRemapping;
5976
5977/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005978 * Retrieve a remapping.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00005979 *
5980 * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
5981 *
5982 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5983 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5984 */
5985CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
5986
5987/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00005988 * Retrieve a remapping.
Ted Kremenekf7639e12012-03-06 20:06:33 +00005989 *
5990 * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
5991 *
5992 * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5993 *
5994 * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5995 * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5996 */
5997CINDEX_LINKAGE
5998CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5999 unsigned numFiles);
6000
6001/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006002 * Determine the number of remappings.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00006003 */
6004CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
6005
6006/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006007 * Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006008 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00006009 * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
6010 *
6011 * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
6012 * is associated with.
6013 */
6014CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
6015 CXString *original, CXString *transformed);
6016
6017/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006018 * Dispose the remapping.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisf89cc692011-07-11 20:15:00 +00006019 */
6020CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
6021
6022/**
6023 * @}
6024 */
6025
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006026/** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
6027 *
6028 * @{
6029 */
6030
6031enum CXVisitorResult {
6032 CXVisit_Break,
6033 CXVisit_Continue
6034};
6035
Saleem Abdulrasoolec988b72016-05-24 01:23:24 +00006036typedef struct CXCursorAndRangeVisitor {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006037 void *context;
6038 enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
6039} CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
6040
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006041typedef enum {
6042 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006043 * Function returned successfully.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006044 */
6045 CXResult_Success = 0,
6046 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006047 * One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006048 */
6049 CXResult_Invalid = 1,
6050 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006051 * The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006052 * CXVisit_Break)
6053 */
6054 CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
6055
6056} CXResult;
6057
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006058/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006059 * Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006060 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006061 * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
6062 *
6063 * \param file to search for references.
6064 *
6065 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6066 * each reference found.
6067 * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
6068 * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis951f61f2013-03-08 20:42:33 +00006069 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006070 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006071 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006072CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(CXCursor cursor, CXFile file,
6073 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006074
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006075/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006076 * Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006077 *
6078 * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
6079 *
6080 * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
6081 *
6082 * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
6083 * each directive found.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis951f61f2013-03-08 20:42:33 +00006084 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006085 * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006086 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006087CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(CXTranslationUnit TU,
6088 CXFile file,
6089 CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006090
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006091#ifdef __has_feature
6092# if __has_feature(blocks)
6093
6094typedef enum CXVisitorResult
6095 (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
6096
6097CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006098CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
6099 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006100
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006101CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis51c33182013-03-08 22:47:41 +00006102CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
6103 CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis503c83a2013-03-08 02:32:34 +00006104
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006105# endif
6106#endif
6107
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006108/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006109 * The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006110 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006111typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006112
6113/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006114 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006115 */
6116typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
6117
6118/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006119 * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006120 * of entities.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006121 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006122typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006123
6124/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006125 * The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006126 * or module).
6127 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006128typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006129
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006130/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006131 * Source location passed to index callbacks.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006132 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006133typedef struct {
6134 void *ptr_data[2];
6135 unsigned int_data;
6136} CXIdxLoc;
6137
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006138/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006139 * Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006140 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006141typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006142 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006143 * Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006144 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006145 CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006146 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006147 * Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006148 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006149 const char *filename;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006150 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006151 * The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006152 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006153 CXFile file;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006154 int isImport;
6155 int isAngled;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5e2ec482012-10-18 00:17:05 +00006156 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006157 * Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
Argyrios Kyrtzidis5e2ec482012-10-18 00:17:05 +00006158 * import.
6159 */
6160 int isModuleImport;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006161} CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
6162
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006163/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006164 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006165 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006166typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006167 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006168 * Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006169 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006170 CXFile file;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006171 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006172 * The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc78f3e2012-10-05 00:22:40 +00006173 */
6174 CXModule module;
6175 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006176 * Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006177 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006178 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006179 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006180 * Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc78f3e2012-10-05 00:22:40 +00006181 * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006182 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis184b1442012-10-03 21:05:44 +00006183 int isImplicit;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006184
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006185} CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
6186
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006187typedef enum {
6188 CXIdxEntity_Unexposed = 0,
6189 CXIdxEntity_Typedef = 1,
6190 CXIdxEntity_Function = 2,
6191 CXIdxEntity_Variable = 3,
6192 CXIdxEntity_Field = 4,
6193 CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant = 5,
6194
6195 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass = 6,
6196 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol = 7,
6197 CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory = 8,
6198
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006199 CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
6200 CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod = 10,
6201 CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty = 11,
6202 CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar = 12,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006203
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006204 CXIdxEntity_Enum = 13,
6205 CXIdxEntity_Struct = 14,
6206 CXIdxEntity_Union = 15,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006207
6208 CXIdxEntity_CXXClass = 16,
6209 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace = 17,
6210 CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias = 18,
6211 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable = 19,
6212 CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod = 20,
6213 CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod = 21,
Joao Matose9a3ed42012-08-31 22:18:20 +00006214 CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor = 22,
6215 CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor = 23,
6216 CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
6217 CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias = 25,
6218 CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface = 26
6219
6220} CXIdxEntityKind;
6221
Argyrios Kyrtzidis52002882011-12-07 20:44:12 +00006222typedef enum {
6223 CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
6224 CXIdxEntityLang_C = 1,
6225 CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b85f22017-04-24 14:52:00 +00006226 CXIdxEntityLang_CXX = 3,
6227 CXIdxEntityLang_Swift = 4
Argyrios Kyrtzidis52002882011-12-07 20:44:12 +00006228} CXIdxEntityLanguage;
6229
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006230/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006231 * Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006232 * CXIdxEntity_Function
6233 * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
6234 * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
6235 * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
6236 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
6237 * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
6238 * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
6239 */
6240typedef enum {
6241 CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate = 0,
6242 CXIdxEntity_Template = 1,
6243 CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
6244 CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
6245} CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
6246
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006247typedef enum {
6248 CXIdxAttr_Unexposed = 0,
6249 CXIdxAttr_IBAction = 1,
6250 CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet = 2,
6251 CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
6252} CXIdxAttrKind;
6253
6254typedef struct {
6255 CXIdxAttrKind kind;
6256 CXCursor cursor;
6257 CXIdxLoc loc;
6258} CXIdxAttrInfo;
6259
6260typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4d873b72011-12-15 00:05:00 +00006261 CXIdxEntityKind kind;
6262 CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
6263 CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
6264 const char *name;
6265 const char *USR;
6266 CXCursor cursor;
6267 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6268 unsigned numAttributes;
6269} CXIdxEntityInfo;
6270
6271typedef struct {
6272 CXCursor cursor;
6273} CXIdxContainerInfo;
6274
6275typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006276 const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
6277 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6278 CXCursor classCursor;
6279 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6280} CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
6281
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006282typedef enum {
6283 CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1
6284} CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
6285
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006286typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006287 const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006288 CXCursor cursor;
6289 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006290 const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
6291 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006292 * Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006293 * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
6294 */
6295 const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006296 int isRedeclaration;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006297 int isDefinition;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006298 int isContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006299 const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006300 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006301 * Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006302 * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006303 */
6304 int isImplicit;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006305 const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
6306 unsigned numAttributes;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006307
6308 unsigned flags;
6309
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006310} CXIdxDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006311
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006312typedef enum {
6313 CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
6314 CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
6315 CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
6316} CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006317
6318typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006319 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006320 CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
6321} CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006322
6323typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006324 const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
6325 CXCursor cursor;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006326 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006327} CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006328
6329typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006330 const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
6331 CXCursor cursor;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006332 CXIdxLoc loc;
6333} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
6334
6335typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006336 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006337 unsigned numProtocols;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006338} CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006339
6340typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006341 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6342 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
6343 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6344} CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006345
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006346typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9b9f7a92011-12-13 18:47:45 +00006347 const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
6348 const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
6349 CXCursor classCursor;
6350 CXIdxLoc classLoc;
6351 const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
6352} CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
6353
6354typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006355 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis93db2922012-02-28 17:50:33 +00006356 const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
6357 const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
6358} CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
6359
6360typedef struct {
6361 const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006362 const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
6363 unsigned numBases;
6364} CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
6365
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006366/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006367 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006368 *
6369 * This may be deprecated in a future version as this duplicates
6370 * the \c CXSymbolRole_Implicit bit in \c CXSymbolRole.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006371 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006372typedef enum {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006373 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006374 * The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006375 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006376 CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006377 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006378 * An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006379 * via the dot syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006380 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006381 CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
Argyrios Kyrtzidis0c7735e52011-10-18 15:50:50 +00006382} CXIdxEntityRefKind;
6383
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006384/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006385 * Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006386 *
6387 * Internal: this currently mirrors low 9 bits of clang::index::SymbolRole with
6388 * higher bits zeroed. These high bits may be exposed in the future.
6389 */
6390typedef enum {
6391 CXSymbolRole_None = 0,
6392 CXSymbolRole_Declaration = 1 << 0,
6393 CXSymbolRole_Definition = 1 << 1,
6394 CXSymbolRole_Reference = 1 << 2,
6395 CXSymbolRole_Read = 1 << 3,
6396 CXSymbolRole_Write = 1 << 4,
6397 CXSymbolRole_Call = 1 << 5,
6398 CXSymbolRole_Dynamic = 1 << 6,
6399 CXSymbolRole_AddressOf = 1 << 7,
6400 CXSymbolRole_Implicit = 1 << 8
6401} CXSymbolRole;
6402
6403/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006404 * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006405 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006406typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis663c8ec2011-12-07 20:44:19 +00006407 CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006408 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006409 * Reference cursor.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006410 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006411 CXCursor cursor;
6412 CXIdxLoc loc;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006413 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006414 * The entity that gets referenced.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006415 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006416 const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006417 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006418 * Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006419 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006420 * \code
6421 * Foo *var;
6422 * \endcode
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006423 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006424 * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis25cb0ff2011-12-13 18:47:41 +00006425 * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
6426 * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006427 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006428 const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006429 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006430 * Lexical container context of the reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006431 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006432 const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006433 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006434 * Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
Fangrui Song31b97192018-02-12 17:42:09 +00006435 */
6436 CXSymbolRole role;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006437} CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
6438
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006439/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006440 * A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006441 * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
6442 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006443typedef struct {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006444 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006445 * Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006446 * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
6447 */
6448 int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
6449
6450 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006451 * Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006452 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006453 void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006454 CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006455
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006456 CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data,
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006457 CXFile mainFile, void *reserved);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006458
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006459 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006460 * Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006461 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006462 CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006463 const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006464
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006465 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006466 * Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006467 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006468 * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
6469 * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
Argyrios Kyrtzidis472eda02012-10-02 16:10:38 +00006470 * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
6471 * the AST file.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006472 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006473 CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006474 const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006475
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006476 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006477 * Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006478 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006479 CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006480 void *reserved);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006481
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006482 void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006483 const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006484
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006485 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006486 * Called to index a reference of an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006487 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006488 void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006489 const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006490
6491} IndexerCallbacks;
6492
NAKAMURA Takumiaacef7e2011-11-11 02:51:09 +00006493CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006494CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
6495clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006496
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006497CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
6498clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6499
NAKAMURA Takumiaacef7e2011-11-11 02:51:09 +00006500CINDEX_LINKAGE
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e429e72011-11-12 02:16:30 +00006501const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
6502clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6503
Argyrios Kyrtzidis86acd722011-11-14 22:39:19 +00006504CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
6505clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006506
Argyrios Kyrtzidis93db2922012-02-28 17:50:33 +00006507CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
6508clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6509
Argyrios Kyrtzidiseffdbf52011-11-18 00:26:51 +00006510CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
6511clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
6512
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006513CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
6514clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6515
6516/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006517 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006518 * container.
6519 */
6520CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
6521clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
6522
6523/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006524 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006525 * container.
6526 */
6527CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6528clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,CXIdxClientContainer);
6529
6530/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006531 * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006532 */
6533CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
6534clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
6535
6536/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006537 * For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006538 */
6539CINDEX_LINKAGE void
6540clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *, CXIdxClientEntity);
6541
6542/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006543 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006544 * translation units.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006545 */
6546typedef void *CXIndexAction;
6547
6548/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006549 * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006550 * translation units.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006551 *
6552 * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
6553 */
6554CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
6555
6556/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006557 * Destroy the given index action.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006558 *
6559 * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
6560 * created within that index action have been destroyed.
6561 */
6562CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
6563
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006564typedef enum {
6565 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006566 * Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006567 */
6568 CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006569
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006570 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006571 * Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006572 * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
6573 * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006574 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfb7d1452012-01-14 00:11:49 +00006575 CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
6576
6577 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006578 * Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfb7d1452012-01-14 00:11:49 +00006579 * function-local symbols will be ignored.
6580 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7e747952012-02-14 22:23:11 +00006581 CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
6582
6583 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006584 * Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7e747952012-02-14 22:23:11 +00006585 * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
6586 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c9ed7d2012-03-27 21:38:03 +00006587 CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
6588
6589 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006590 * Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c9ed7d2012-03-27 21:38:03 +00006591 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006592 CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
6593
6594 /**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006595 * Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
Nico Weber7deebef2014-04-24 03:17:47 +00006596 * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8b71bc72012-12-06 19:41:16 +00006597 * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
6598 */
6599 CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
6600
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006601} CXIndexOptFlags;
6602
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006603/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006604 * Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006605 * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006606 *
6607 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6608 * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
6609 *
6610 * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
6611 * implements.
6612 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006613 * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006614 * passed in index_callbacks.
6615 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006616 * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
6617 * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006618 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006619 * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
6620 * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006621 *
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006622 * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
Eric Christopher2c4555a2015-06-19 01:52:53 +00006623 * recover. If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
Dmitri Gribenkoea4d1c32014-02-12 19:12:37 +00006624 * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006625 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006626 * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006627 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006628CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(CXIndexAction,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006629 CXClientData client_data,
6630 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6631 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
6632 unsigned index_options,
6633 const char *source_filename,
6634 const char * const *command_line_args,
6635 int num_command_line_args,
6636 struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6637 unsigned num_unsaved_files,
6638 CXTranslationUnit *out_TU,
6639 unsigned TU_options);
6640
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006641/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006642 * Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
Benjamin Kramerc02670e2015-11-18 16:14:27 +00006643 * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
6644 * library paths are relative to the binary.
6645 */
6646CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(
6647 CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6648 unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6649 const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6650 int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6651 unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6652
6653/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006654 * Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006655 * #IndexerCallbacks.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006656 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006657 * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
6658 * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006659 *
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006660 * -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
6661 * -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
6662 * -Diagnostic callback invocations
6663 *
James Dennett574cb4c2012-06-15 05:41:51 +00006664 * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
Fangrui Song6907ce22018-07-30 19:24:48 +00006665 *
Eric Christopher2c4555a2015-06-19 01:52:53 +00006666 * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006667 * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
6668 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006669CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(CXIndexAction,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006670 CXClientData client_data,
6671 IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6672 unsigned index_callbacks_size,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4c910b12011-11-22 07:24:51 +00006673 unsigned index_options,
6674 CXTranslationUnit);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd992e142011-11-15 06:20:16 +00006675
6676/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006677 * Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006678 * the given CXIdxLoc.
6679 *
6680 * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
6681 * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
6682 * retrieves the location of the argument.
6683 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006684CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7519c5e2011-11-11 00:23:36 +00006685 CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006686 CXFile *file,
6687 unsigned *line,
6688 unsigned *column,
6689 unsigned *offset);
6690
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006691/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006692 * Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis11d61142011-10-27 17:36:12 +00006693 */
Argyrios Kyrtzidisdc199a32011-10-17 19:48:19 +00006694CINDEX_LINKAGE
6695CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
6696
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006697/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006698 * Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006699 *
6700 * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
6701 * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
6702 * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
6703 * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6704 *
6705 * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
6706 * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6707 */
6708typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
6709 CXClientData client_data);
6710
6711/**
Adrian Prantl9fc8faf2018-05-09 01:00:01 +00006712 * Visit the fields of a particular type.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006713 *
6714 * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
6715 * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6716 * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6717 * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6718 *
6719 * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6720 *
6721 * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6722 * field of \p T.
6723 *
6724 * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6725 * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6726 *
6727 * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6728 * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6729 */
6730CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T,
6731 CXFieldVisitor visitor,
6732 CXClientData client_data);
6733
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2bff5162015-04-13 16:55:04 +00006734/**
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscddafd32011-10-06 07:00:54 +00006735 * @}
6736 */
6737
Douglas Gregor6007cf22010-01-22 22:29:16 +00006738/**
6739 * @}
6740 */
Daniel Dunbar62ebf252010-01-24 02:54:26 +00006741
Ted Kremenekb60d87c2009-08-26 22:36:44 +00006742#ifdef __cplusplus
6743}
6744#endif
6745#endif